SEC Info  
    Home      Search      My Interests      Help      Sign In      Please Sign In

Performance Acquisition Corp. – IPO: ‘S-1/A’ on 2/29/08

On:  Friday, 2/29/08, at 6:30pm ET   ·   As of:  3/3/08   ·   Accession #:  1193125-8-43989   ·   File #:  333-148367

Previous ‘S-1’:  ‘S-1’ on 12/27/07   ·   Latest ‘S-1’:  This Filing

Find Words in Filings emoji
 
  in    Show  and   Hints

  As Of                Filer                Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size              Issuer               Agent

 3/03/08  Performance Acquisition Corp.     S-1/A       2/29/08    2:1.0M                                   RR Donnelley/FA

Initial Public Offering (IPO):  Pre-Effective Amendment to Registration Statement (General Form)   —   Form S-1
Filing Table of Contents

Document/Exhibit                   Description                      Pages   Size 

 1: S-1/A       Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1                         HTML    971K 
 2: EX-23.1     Consent of Experts or Counsel                       HTML      6K 


S-1/A   —   Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1
Document Table of Contents

Page (sequential) | (alphabetic) Top
 
11st Page   -   Filing Submission
"Table of Contents
"Summary
"Risk Factors
"Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
"Use of Proceeds
"Dividend Policy
"Dilution
"Capitalization
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
"Proposed Business
"Management
"Principal Stockholders
"Certain Relationships and Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Control Persons
"Description of Securities
"Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders
"Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders
"Underwriting
"Legal Matters
"Experts
"Where You Can Find Additional Information
"Index to Financial Statements
"Report of independent registered public accounting firm
"Balance sheet as of November 30, 2007
"Statement of operations for the period October 24, 2007 (inception) through November 30, 2007
"Statement of stockholders' equity for the period October 24, 2007 (inception) through November 30, 2007
"Statement of cash flows for the period October 24, 2007 (inception) through November 30, 2007
"Notes to financial statements

This is an HTML Document rendered as filed.  [ Alternative Formats ]



  Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1  
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2008

Registration No. 333-148367


UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


PERFORMANCE ACQUISITION CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   6770   26-1304050

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

970 West Broadway

PMB 402

Jackson, Wyoming 83001

(307) 633-2831

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)


Jonathan J. Ledecky, President and Secretary

Performance Acquisition Corp.

970 West Broadway

PMB 402

Jackson, Wyoming 83001

(307) 633-2831

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)


Copies to:

 

David Alan Miller, Esq.

Jeffrey M. Gallant, Esq.

Graubard Miller

The Chrysler Building

405 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10174

(212) 818-8800

(212) 818-8881 - Facsimile

  

Bruce S. Mendelsohn, Esq.

Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP

590 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 872-1000

(212) 872-1002 - Facsimile


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. x

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

 


 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 



Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED                     , 2008

 

P R O S P E C T U S

 

$500,000,000

 

Performance Acquisition Corp.

 

50,000,000 Units

 


 

Performance Acquisition Corp. is a newly organized blank check company formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more operating businesses in the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry, which we refer to as our initial business combination. If we are unable to consummate a business combination within 24 months from the date of this prospectus, or 30 months from the date of this prospectus if a definitive agreement has been executed within 24 months after the date of this prospectus and the initial business combination has not yet been consummated within such 24-month period, we will liquidate and distribute the proceeds held in the trust account to our public stockholders. To date, our efforts have been limited to organizational activities as well as activities related to this offering. We do not have any specific initial business combination under consideration. We have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, contacted or been contacted by any prospective target business or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction.

 

This is an initial public offering of our securities. Each unit consists of one share of common stock and one half of one redeemable common stock purchase warrant, which we refer to as a warrant throughout this prospectus. We are offering 50,000,000 units. The public offering price will be $10.00 per unit. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of common stock at a price of $5.50. The warrants will become exercisable on the later of the completion of our initial business combination and one year from the date of this prospectus, provided in each case that we have an effective registration statement covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available. The warrants will expire five years from the date of this prospectus, unless earlier redeemed.

 

We have also granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 7,500,000 units to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

Eric J. Watson, our chairman of the board and treasurer, Jonathan J. Ledecky, our president and secretary, and William Morris Agency, LLC, an entity affiliated with John M. Mass, a director of ours, have agreed to purchase an aggregate of 5,000,000 warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant ($5.0 million in the aggregate) in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. We refer to these warrants as the “sponsors’ warrants.” The proceeds from the sale of the sponsors’ warrants in the private placement will be deposited into a trust account and be subject to a trust agreement, described below, and will be part of the funds distributed to our public stockholders in the event we are unable to complete a business combination. The sponsors’ warrants will be substantially similar to the warrants included in the units sold in this offering except that if we call the warrants for redemption, the sponsors’ warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis at the election of the holder and will not be redeemable by us so long as they are still held by these purchasers or their affiliates. The purchasers of the sponsors’ warrants have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of these warrants until we consummate our initial business combination.

 

Currently, there is no public market for our units, common stock or warrants. We intend to apply to have the units listed on the American Stock Exchange. Assuming that the units are listed on the American Stock Exchange, the units will be listed under the symbol “            .U” on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The common stock and warrants will begin separate trading on the 35th day after the date of this prospectus unless Citigroup Global Markets Inc. informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading. No fractional warrants will be issued and only whole warrants will trade. Once the securities comprising the units begin separate trading, the common stock and warrants will be traded on the American Stock Exchange under the symbols “            ” and “            .WS,” respectively. We cannot assure you, however, that our securities will continue to be listed on the American Stock Exchange.

 

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors” beginning on page 23 for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 


 

     Per Unit

   Total

Public Offering Price

   $ 10.00    $ 500,000,000

Underwriting Discount(1)

   $ 0.70    $ 35,000,000

Proceeds to Performance Acquisition Corp. (before expenses)

   $ 9.30    $ 465,000,000

(1)   Includes $0.40 per unit or $20.0 million in the aggregate ($23.0 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), payable to the underwriters for deferred underwriting discounts and commissions to be placed in the trust account described below. Such funds will be released to the underwriters only on completion of an initial business combination, as described in this prospectus.

 

The underwriters are offering the units on a firm commitment basis. The underwriters expect to deliver the units to purchasers on or about                     , 2008. Of the proceeds we receive from this offering and the sale of the sponsors’ warrants described in this prospectus, approximately $9.79 per share, or $489,250,000 in the aggregate (approximately $9.77 per share, or $562,000,000 in the aggregate if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), will be deposited into a trust account, at JPMorgan Chase NY Bank, with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company as trustee. These funds will not be released until the earlier of the completion of our initial business combination and our liquidation (which may not occur until 24 months from the date of this prospectus or 30 months under certain circumstances).

 


Citi

 


The date of this prospectus is                     , 2008


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   23

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

   45

Use of Proceeds

   46

Dividend Policy

   50

Dilution

   51

Capitalization

   53

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   54

Proposed Business

   58

Management

   78

Principal Stockholders

   93

Certain Relationships and Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Control Persons

   96

Description of Securities

   99

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders

   107

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

   111

Underwriting

   114

Legal Matters

   118

Experts

   118

Where You Can Find Additional Information

   119

Index to Financial Statements

   F-1

 

Until                                 , 2008 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

i


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

 

This summary only highlights the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. As this is a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making an investment decision. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the information under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 23 of this prospectus and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before investing. References in this prospectus to “we,” “us” or our company refer to Performance Acquisition Corp. References in this prospectus to “public stockholders” refer to those persons that purchase the securities offered by this prospectus, including any of our officers, directors and founders (as defined below) who purchase these securities, either in this offering or afterwards, provided that such individuals’ status as “public stockholders” shall only exist with respect to those securities so purchased. References in this prospectus to our “management team” refer to our officers and directors. Unless we tell you otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option and an aggregate of 1,875,000 founders’ units, representing 1,875,000 shares of founders’ common stock and 937,500 founders’ warrants, have been forfeited by our founders.

 

We are a blank check company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware on October 24, 2007. We were formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase reorganization or similar business combination with a currently unidentified operating business or several operating businesses in the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our initial business combination. To date, our efforts have been limited to organizational activities as well as activities related to this offering. We have not, nor has anyone on our behalf (including William Morris Agency, LLC), contacted or been contacted by any potential target business or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction. Additionally, we have neither engaged nor retained any agent or other representative, including William Morris Agency, LLC, to conduct any research or take any steps to identify, locate or contact any suitable acquisition candidate.

 

The entertainment, media and/or publishing industry encompasses those companies which create, produce, deliver, own, distribute and/or market entertainment and information content, products and services. These companies serve both domestic and international audiences. The media and entertainment industry represents a large and expanding segment of the United States economy. According to PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, global media and entertainment industry spending reached $1.4 trillion in 2006 and is expected to increase to $2.0 trillion in 2011. The United States marketplace accounts for $582 billion, or 41%, of the $1.4 trillion in spending.

 

Growth in this industry has historically been driven by the introduction of new technologies and the expansion of domestic and international markets. The latter part of the 20th century witnessed the introduction and consumer acceptance of cable television, home video, video games and compact discs. The 1990s witnessed the emergence of additional products and improved delivery systems such as interactive multimedia entertainment software, simulator and virtual reality attractions and fiber optic cable. The beginning of the 21st century has witnessed even greater expansion as the emergence of next-generation technologies and the convergence of platforms have significantly strengthened growth opportunities for television distribution through direct broadcast satellite and digital cable, video games, Internet access and home video.

 

The market is also in transition as digital distribution is growing rapidly and now playing a more important role in the overall market but also creating a new medium. According to PricewaterhouseCoopers Global Entertainment and Media Outlook, the global Entertainment & Media industry is experiencing sustained growth and will increase at a 6.4% compound annual growth rate to $2 trillion by 2011. PricewaterhouseCoopers estimates that digital and mobile spending during the next five years will rise to $153 billion by 2011. The study estimates that within the next five years, more than 40% of the industry growth will be generated through online and wireless technologies and, during the same period, broadband households will grow by 300 million to 540 million subscribers and wireless subscribers will increase from 2.3 billion in 2006 to 3.4 billion in 2011.

 

1


Table of Contents

We will seek to capitalize on the significant experience of Eric J. Watson, our chairman of the board and treasurer, Jonathan J. Ledecky, our president and secretary, and William Morris Agency, LLC, one of our stockholders and an affiliate of John M. Mass, one of our directors, in identifying, acquiring and operating a wide variety of service businesses. William Morris Agency, LLC, which, together with William Morris SPAC Holdings, LLC, we refer to in this prospectus as William Morris, is one of the largest and preeminent diversified talent and literary agency in the world. Founded in 1898, William Morris employs over 750 people specifically focused on the entertainment, media, and publishing industries in offices in New York City, Beverly Hills, Nashville, Miami, London and Shanghai. William Morris represents clients in all segments of the media and entertainment industry, including motion pictures, television, music and personal appearances, Broadway theatre and theatrical touring, book publishing, commercial endorsements, sports marketing, corporate consulting, digital media and video games. We believe we will benefit from the broad range of business relationships, industry expertise and market insight enjoyed by William Morris as well as those of John M. Mass, a member of William Morris and a member of our board of directors. William Morris is also well positioned in the deal flow of the media, entertainment, and publishing industries. William Morris Agency, LLC has entered into a right of first review agreement with us, in which William Morris Agency, LLC has agreed to present, and to allow Mr. Mass to present, any suitable business opportunity to us prior to presenting it to any other entity, including William Morris, subject to certain exceptions described in this prospectus.

 

Eric J. Watson and Jonathan J. Ledecky have together been personally involved in the formation of over 25 companies and such companies have made over 400 acquisitions. In all of these transactions, each of Messrs. Watson and Ledecky was involved, either directly or in a supervisory capacity, in searching for targets, conducting due diligence, negotiating the terms of the acquisitions and consummating such transactions. Mr. Watson has been the chairman of, and interests associated with him own, Cullen Investments Limited, a private investment company which he founded in January 1995. Mr. Watson and his associated interests have a substantial portfolio comprising interests in the fashion, retail, financial services, real estate, infrastructure maintenance, sports and entertainment sectors. Cullen Investments owns Bendon, an international manufacturer and retailer of women’s lingerie whose brands include the licensed Elle Macpherson Intimates and Stella McCartney labels. Another major investment held by interests associated with Mr. Watson is a 50% ownership of the Hanover Group, one of the largest privately owned financial service businesses in New Zealand with operations extending to the United States, the United Kingdom and Australia. Prior to founding Cullen Investments, Mr. Watson was the founding chairman and largest stockholder of Blue Star Group, a retail and distribution group he founded in January 1992.

 

Since March 1999, Mr. Ledecky has served as chairman of Ironbound Partners Fund LLC, a private investment management fund. In October 1994, Mr. Ledecky founded U.S. Office Products and served as its chief executive officer until November 1997 and chairman until June 1998. In February 1997, Mr. Ledecky founded Building One Services Corporation (originally Consolidation Capital Corporation), an entity formed to identify attractive consolidation opportunities which ultimately focused on the facilities management industry. In November 1997, Building One raised $552 million in an initial public offering. Mr. Ledecky served as Building One’s chief executive officer from November 1997 through February 1999 and as its chairman from inception through its February 2000 merger with Group Maintenance America Corporation.

 

Each of Messrs. Watson and Ledecky and Robert B. Hersov and Edward J. Mathias, each of whom is a member of our board of directors, was also an officer and/or director of Endeavor Acquisition Corp., a blank check company formed in July 2005 for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with an operating business. Endeavor Acquisition Corp. consummated its initial public offering in December 2005 and raised gross proceeds of approximately $129.3 million at an offering price of $8.00 per unit. In December 2006, Endeavor Acquisition Corp. entered into a definitive agreement for a business combination to acquire American Apparel, Inc. and its affiliated companies. American Apparel is a leading provider of cotton leisure wear geared toward contemporary metropolitan adults and sold through company-owned retail locations and online. Endeavor Acquisition Corp. consummated its business combination with American Apparel on December 12, 2007.

 

2


Table of Contents

Each of Messrs. Watson, Ledecky, Hersov, and Mathias is also an officer and/or director of Victory Acquisition Corp., a blank check company formed in January 2007 for the purpose of acquiring, through a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination, one or more operating businesses in any industry other than the franchising, healthcare or financial services industries. Victory Acquisition Corp. consummated its initial public offering in April 2007 and raised gross proceeds of $330 million at an offering price of $10.00 per unit. Until Victory Acquisition Corp. consummates a business combination, each of these individuals will be required to present all business opportunities which are suitable for Victory Acquisition Corp. to Victory Acquisition Corp. prior to presenting them to us.

 

Additionally, each of Messrs. Watson, Ledecky, Hersov and Mathias and each of Jim Gray and Jimmie Lee Solomon, Jr., each a director of ours, is also an officer and/or director of Triplecrown Acquisition Corp., a blank check company formed in June 2007 for the purpose of acquiring, through a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination, one or more operating businesses in the financial services industry. Triplecrown Acquisition Corp. consummated its initial public offering in October 2007 and raised gross proceeds of approximately $552 million at an offering price of $10.00 per unit.

 

In connection with our formation, our executive officers and certain of our directors organized Grand Slam Acquisition Corp. and Endeavour International Acquisition Corp. Grand Slam Acquisition Corp. is a blank check company formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or other similar business combination with an operating business located in North America in any industry other than the financial services industry or the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry. Endeavour International Acquisition Corp. is a blank check company formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share capital exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more operating businesses located outside of North America in any industry other than the financial services industry or the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry. We believe that conducting these offerings simultaneously will be beneficial to us for a number of reasons, including allowing us to allocate expenses for identifying target businesses between us, Grand Slam Acquisition Corp. and Endeavour International Acquisition Corp. (such as airfare, lodging and other expenses), thereby potentially reducing the cost to each of us. Additionally, if our offering was the only one being conducted at this time and our officers or directors were presented with an opportunity to acquire a target business located outside of our required parameters, they would be forced to simply abandon such opportunity even though it might be very attractive. By conducting these offerings simultaneously with different target parameters, if our officers or directors were to be presented with such an opportunity, they could present such opportunity to either of the other two companies depending on the characteristics of the targets, thereby reducing the likelihood of not being able to pursue an attractive transaction. We believe this will benefit our stockholders as well as those of Grand Slam Acquisition Corp. and Endeavour International Acquisition Corp. Our officers and directors are not required to commit their full time to our affairs, which could create a conflict of interest when allocating their time between our operations and their other commitments, including Grand Slam Acquisition Corp., Endeavour International Acquisition Corp., Triplecrown Acquisition Corp. and Victory Acquisition Corp. This offering and that of Grand Slam Acquisition Corp. and Endeavour International Acquisition Corp. are not contingent upon each other and while the timing of the offerings may coincide, they are not required to do so. Each offering will proceed independently from the other two.

 

The past experience of our management and members of our board of directors does not guarantee that we will be successful in consummating a business combination. There are numerous risks and uncertainties detailed elsewhere in this prospectus that could impact our ability to consummate a business combination outside of the control of such individuals. Furthermore, our management has been involved with companies that have been forced to file for bankruptcy following their involvement with such companies, including U.S. Office Products. The future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated

 

3


Table of Contents

with any certainty. While it is possible that one or more of our officers or directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following a business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to a business combination and we do not intend to ensure that our officers and directors will be able to maintain their positions with us following the consummation of a business combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our management team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will be able to consummate a business combination at all or on terms favorable to us, nor can we guarantee that we will be successful following the consummation of a business combination.

 

Our initial business combination must be with one or more target businesses whose fair market value, individually or collectively, is equal to at least 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding deferred underwriting discounts and commissions of $20.0 million, or approximately $23.0 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. This may be accomplished by identifying and acquiring a single business or multiple operating businesses, which may or may not be related, contemporaneously. However, we will always acquire at least a controlling interest in a target business (typically meaning more than 50% of the voting securities of the target business).

 

The target business or businesses that we acquire may have a collective fair market value substantially in excess of 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding deferred underwriting discounts and commissions) at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. In order to consummate such a business combination, we may issue a significant amount of our debt or equity securities to the sellers of such business and/or seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities. There are no limitations on our ability to incur debt or issue securities in order to consummate a business combination regardless of whether or not we acquire a target business or businesses having a collective fair market value substantially in excess of 80% of the balance in the trust account at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. If we issue securities in order to consummate a business combination, our stockholders could end up owning a minority of the combined company’s voting securities (or that of a parent company depending on the structure of the initial business combination) as there is no requirement that our stockholders own a certain percentage of our company after our business combination. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not entered into any such arrangement to issue our debt or equity securities and have no current intention of doing so.

 

If we are unable to consummate an initial business combination within 24 months from the date of this prospectus (or within 30 months from the date of this prospectus if a definitive agreement has been executed within 24 months from the date of this prospectus and the business combination has not yet been consummated within such 24-month period), we will liquidate and distribute the proceeds held in the trust account to our public stockholders in an amount we expect to be approximately $9.79 per share of common stock held by them (or approximately $9.77 per share if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), without taking into account any interest earned on such funds.

 

Private Placements

 

Effective October 24, 2007, we issued 14,375,000 units to William Morris, Summit Trust, an affiliate of Eric J. Watson, Jonathan J. Ledecky and Edward J. Mathias, Robert B. Hersov, Jim Gray, John M. Mass and Jimmie Lee Solomon, each a director of ours, for an aggregate of $25,000 in cash, at a purchase price of approximately $0.002 per unit. We refer to the current holders of these units as the “founders” throughout this prospectus. Each of these units includes one share of common stock and one half of one warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of common stock. This includes an aggregate of up to 1,875,000 units that are subject to forfeiture by our founders to the extent that the over-allotment option is not exercised in

 

4


Table of Contents

full by the underwriters. These holders will be required to forfeit to us, at no cost to us, a number of units necessary to maintain their collective 20% ownership interest in our securities after giving effect to the offering and exercise, if any, of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. We refer to these outstanding units, shares of common stock and warrants as the “founders’ units,” “founders’ common stock” and “founders’ warrants” throughout this prospectus.

 

The founders’ units are identical to the units being sold in this offering, except that:

 

   

up to an aggregate of 1,875,000 founders’ units, representing 1,875,000 shares of common stock and 937,500 warrants, are subject to forfeiture by our founders to the extent that the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters;

 

   

the founders’ units will be placed in escrow and the founders’ common stock and founders’ warrants are subject to the transfer restrictions and entitled to the registration rights described below;

 

   

the founders’ warrants will become exercisable after the consummation of our initial business combination if and when the last sales price of our common stock exceeds $15.00 per share for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period beginning 90 days after the initial business combination;

 

   

the founders’ warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis at the holder’s election and will not be redeemable by us, in each case, as long as they are held by the founders or their permitted transferees;

 

   

the founders have agreed to vote the founders’ common stock in the same manner as the majority of shares voted by the public stockholders at the special or annual meeting called for the purpose of approving our initial business combination;

 

   

the founders have agreed to vote their founders’ common stock in favor of our dissolution and liquidation in the event that we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months or 30 months from the date of this prospectus, as applicable.

 

   

the founders will not be able to exercise conversion rights (as described below) with respect to the founders’ common stock; and

 

   

the founders have agreed to waive their rights to participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to the founders’ common stock if we fail to consummate an initial business combination.

 

In addition, Eric J. Watson, Jonathan J. Ledecky and William Morris have agreed to purchase an aggregate of 5,000,000 warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant ($5.0 million in the aggregate) in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. The $5.0 million of proceeds from this investment will be added to the proceeds of this offering and will be held in the trust account pending our completion of an initial business combination on the terms described in this prospectus. If we do not complete such a business combination, then the $5.0 million will be part of the liquidating distribution to our public stockholders, and the sponsors’ warrants will expire worthless.

 

The sponsors’ warrants will not be transferable or salable by the purchasers (subject to limited exceptions for transfers to permitted transferees including the permitted transferee agreeing to be bound to such transfer restrictions) until we complete a business combination, and will be exercisable on a cashless basis at the holder’s election and will be non-redeemable by us, in each case, as long as they are held by the purchasers or their permitted transferees. In addition, commencing on the date they become exercisable, the sponsors’ warrants and the underlying shares of common stock are entitled to registration rights under an agreement to be signed on or before the date of this prospectus. With the exception of the terms noted above, the sponsors’ warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the warrants being sold as part of the units in this offering.

 

Our executive offices are located at 970 West Broadway, PMB 402, Jackson, Wyoming 83001, and our telephone number is (307) 633-2831.

 

5


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

In making your decision on whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the backgrounds of the members of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company and the fact that this offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. You should carefully consider these and the other risks set forth in the section below entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 23 of this prospectus.

 

Securities offered:

   50,000,000 units, each unit consisting of:
    

•  one share of common stock; and

    

•  one half of one warrant.

Trading commencement and separation of
common stock and warrants:

  

The units will begin trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The common stock and warrants may trade separately on the 35th day after the date of this prospectus unless Citigroup Global Markets Inc. determines that an earlier date is acceptable. No fractional warrants will be issued and only whole warrants will trade. In no event will Citigroup Global Markets Inc. allow separate trading of the common stock and warrants until we file an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering. We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including an audited balance sheet, promptly upon the consummation of this offering, which is anticipated to take place three business days from the date the units commence trading. The audited balance sheet will reflect our receipt of the proceeds from the exercise of the over-allotment option if the over-allotment option is exercised prior to the filing of the Form 8-K. If the over-allotment option is exercised after our initial filing of a Form 8-K, we will file an amendment to the Form 8-K to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise and consummation of the over-allotment option. We will also include in this Form 8-K, or amendment thereto, or in a subsequent Form 8-K, information indicating if Citigroup Global Markets Inc. has allowed separate trading of the common stock and warrants prior to the 35th day after the date of this prospectus and will issue a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin.

Units:

    

Number outstanding before this offering:

   14,375,000 units1

Number to be outstanding after this offering:

   62,500,000 units2

Common Stock:

    

Number outstanding before this offering:

   14,375,000 shares1

Number to be outstanding after this offering:

   62,500,000 shares2

1

 

This number includes an aggregate of 1,875,000 founders’ units, representing 1,875,000 shares of founders’ common stock and 937,500 founders’ warrants that are subject to forfeiture by our founders if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full by the underwriters. Only a number of founders’ units, shares of founders’ common stock and founders’ warrants necessary for our founders to maintain their collective 20% ownership interest in our securities will be forfeited upon consummation of this offering.

2

 

Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 1,875,000 founders’ units, representing 1,875,000 shares of founders’ common stock and 937,500 founders’ warrants have been forfeited by our founders.

 

6


Table of Contents

Warrants:

    

Number outstanding before this
offering:

   7,187,500 warrants1

Number to be sold privately
simultaneously with consummation
of this offering:

   5,000,000 warrants

Number to be outstanding after this
offering and private placement:

   36,250,000 warrants2

Exercisability:

   Each whole warrant is exercisable to purchase one share of common stock. Because each unit includes one half of one warrant, holders will need to have two units in order to have at least one warrant. Warrants may be exercised only in increments of one whole warrant.

Exercise price:

   $5.50 per share.

Exercise period:

   The warrants will become exercisable on the later of:
    

•  the completion of our initial business combination, or

    

•  one year from the date of this prospectus;

     provided in each case that we have an effective and current registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants.
     We have agreed to use our best efforts to have an effective registration statement covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants as of the date the warrants become exercisable and to maintain a current prospectus relating to those shares of common stock until the warrants expire or are redeemed.
     The warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York time, five years from the date of this prospectus or earlier upon redemption.
     On the exercise of any warrant, the warrant exercise price will be paid directly to us and not placed in the trust account.

Redemption:

   At any time while the warrants are exercisable and there is an effective and current registration statement covering the shares of
     common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, we may redeem the outstanding warrants (except as described below with respect to the sponsors’ warrants):
    

•  in whole and not in part;

    

•  at a price of $.01 per warrant;


1

 

This number includes an aggregate of 937,500 founders’ warrants that are subject to forfeiture by our founders if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full by the underwriters. Only a number of founders’ warrants necessary for our founders to maintain their collective 20% ownership interest in our securities will be forfeited upon consummation of this offering.

2

 

Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 937,500 founders’ warrants have been forfeited by our founders.

 

7


Table of Contents
    

•  upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption (the “30-day redemption period”); and

    

•  if, and only if, the last sale price of our common stock equals or exceeds $15.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption.

     We will not redeem the warrants unless an effective and current registration statement covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants throughout the 30-day redemption period. The underwriters do not have any consent rights in connection with our exercise of our redemption rights.
     If we call the warrants for redemption, we will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” though the public stockholders are not eligible to do so at their own option. In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of common stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the common stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants.

Reasons for redemption limitations:

   We have established the above conditions to our exercise of redemption rights to provide:
    

•  warrant holders with adequate notice of exercise only after the then-prevailing common stock price is substantially above the warrant exercise price; and

    

•  a sufficient differential between the then-prevailing common stock price and the warrant exercise price so there is a buffer to absorb the market reaction, if any, to our redemption of the warrants.

     If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption, each warrant holder can exercise his, her or its warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the common stock may fall below the $15.00 trigger price as well as the $5.50 warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.

Proposed American Stock Exchange symbols for our:

    

Units:

   “         .U”

 

Common stock:

   “         ”

 

8


Table of Contents

Warrants:

   “         .WS”

Founders’ units:

   Effective October 24, 2007, our founders purchased 14,375,000 founders’ units, representing 14,375,000 shares of founders’ common stock and 7,187,500 founders’ warrants, for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000. This includes an aggregate of 1,875,000 founders’ units, representing 1,875,000 shares of common stock and 937,500 warrants, that are subject to forfeiture by our founders to the extent that the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters. These holders will be required to forfeit only a number of founders’ units necessary to maintain their collective 20% ownership interest in our securities after giving effect to the offering and exercise, if any, of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The founders’ units are identical to the units being sold in this offering, except that:
    

•  up to an aggregate of 1,875,000 founders’ units are subject to forfeiture by our founders to the extent that the over-allotment option is not exercised in full by the underwriters;

    

•  the founders’ units will be placed in escrow and the founders’ common stock and founders’ warrants are subject to the transfer restrictions and entitled to the registration rights described in this prospectus;

    

•  the founders’ warrants will become exercisable after the consummation of our initial business combination if and when the last sales price of our common stock exceeds $15.00 per share for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period beginning 90 days after the initial business combination and may be exercised for unregistered shares of common stock if a registration statement relating to the common stock issuable upon exercise of founders’ warrants is not effective and current;

 

•  the founders’ warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis at the election of the holder and will not be redeemable by us, in each case, as long as they are held by the founders or their permitted transferees;

 

•  the founders have agreed to (i) vote the founders’ common stock in the same manner as the majority of shares voted by the public stockholders in connection with the vote required to (ii) approve our initial business combination and (iii) vote in favor of our dissolution and liquidation in the event that we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months or 30 months from the date of this prospectus, as applicable;

 

•  the founders will not be able to exercise conversion rights (as described below) with respect to the founders’ common stock; and

 

•  the founders have agreed to waive their rights to participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to the founders’ common stock if we fail to consummate an initial business combination.

 

9


Table of Contents
     All of the founders’ units will be placed in escrow with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as escrow agent.
     The founders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise transfer any of the founders’ units and underlying securities until 180 days after the date of the completion of a business combination or earlier if, subsequent to our business combination, (i) the last sales price of our common stock equals or exceeds $15.25 per share for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing 90 days after our initial business combination or (ii) we consummate a subsequent liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property. We refer to such restrictions as the “transfer restrictions” throughout this prospectus. In addition, the founders are entitled to registration rights with respect to the founders’ units under an agreement to be signed on or before the date of this prospectus. The holders of the majority of these shares may elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing the earlier of (i) nine months after the consummation of our initial business combination or (ii) the date the founders’ units are released from escrow.

Sponsors’ warrants purchased through private placement:

  

Eric J. Watson, Jonathan J. Ledecky and William Morris have entered into agreements with us to purchase an aggregate of 5,000,000 sponsors’ warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant ($5.0 million in the aggregate). The purchasers are obligated to purchase the sponsors’ warrants from us simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. The sponsors’ warrants will be purchased separately and not in combination with common stock or in the form of units. The purchase price of the sponsors’ warrants will be added to the proceeds from this offering to be held in the trust account pending the completion of our initial business combination. If we do not complete a business combination that meets the criteria described in this prospectus and are forced to liquidate, then the $5.0 million purchase price of the sponsors’ warrants will become part of the distribution to our public stockholders and the sponsors’ warrants will expire worthless.

     The sponsors’ warrants will not be transferable or salable by the purchasers (subject to limited exceptions including the transferee agreeing to be bound to such transfer restrictions) until we complete a business combination. The sponsors’ warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis at the election of the holder and will be non-redeemable by us, in each case, so long as they are held by the purchasers or their affiliates. In addition, commencing 90 days after the consummation of our initial business combination, the sponsors’ warrants and the underlying common stock are entitled

 

10


Table of Contents
    to registration rights under an agreement to be signed on or before the date of this prospectus. With the exception of the terms noted above, the sponsors’ warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the warrants being sold as part of the units in this offering.

Offering and sponsors’ warrants private placement proceeds to be held in trust account and amounts payable prior to trust account distribution or liquidation:

 

$489,250,000, or approximately $9.79 per unit ($562,000,000, or approximately $9.77 per unit, if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) of the proceeds of this offering and the private placement of the sponsors’ warrants will be placed in the trust account at JPMorgan Chase NY Bank with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company as trustee, pursuant to an agreement to be signed on the date of this prospectus. These proceeds include $20.0 million in deferred underwriting discounts and commissions (or approximately $23.0 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). We believe that the inclusion in the trust account of the purchase price of the sponsors’ warrants and the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions is a benefit to our public stockholders because additional proceeds will be available for distribution to them if a liquidation of our company occurs prior to the consummation of our initial business combination. Except as described below, proceeds in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of our consummation of our initial business combination or our liquidation. Unless and until our initial business combination is consummated, proceeds held in the trust account will not be available for our use for any purpose, including the payment of expenses related to (i) this offering, and (ii) the investigation, selection and negotiation of an agreement with one or more target businesses, except that there can be released to us from the trust account (a) interest income earned on the trust account balance to pay our tax obligations and (b) interest income earned of up to $5.0 million, or approximately $5.8 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, on the trust account balance to fund our working capital requirements; provided, however, that we will not be allowed to withdraw interest income earned on the trust account for our working capital requirements unless we have sufficient funds available to us to pay our tax obligations on such interest income or otherwise then due at that time. With these exceptions, expenses incurred by us while seeking a business combination may be paid prior to a business combination only from the net proceeds of this offering not held in the trust account (initially, approximately $50,000).

Limited payments to insiders:

  There will be no fees, reimbursements or other cash payments paid or awarded by us or a target business to or earned by our founders, officers, directors or their affiliates prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is) other than:
   

•  Repayment of non-interest bearing loans totaling $135,000 in the aggregate made to us by Eric J. Watson and Jonathan J. Ledecky to cover offering expenses; and

 

11


Table of Contents
   

•  Reimbursement for any expenses incident to identifying, investigating and consummating a business combination with one or more target businesses, none of which have been incurred to date. There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses that could be incurred; provided, however, that to the extent such out-of-pocket expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the trust account and interest income of up to $5.0 million, or approximately $5.8 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, on the balance in the trust account, such out-of-pocket expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate an initial business combination.

    Our audit committee will review and ratify all reimbursements made to our founders, sponsors, officers, directors or their affiliates, with any interested director abstaining from such review.

All amounts held in the trust account that are not paid to converting stockholders as a result of their shares being converted to cash, released to us in the form of interest income or payable to the underwriters for deferred discounts and commissions will be released to us on closing of our initial business combination:

 

All amounts held in the trust account that are not distributed to public stockholders who exercise their conversion rights (as described below) as their shares are converted to cash or previously released to us as interest income for our working capital requirements and tax obligations will be released on closing of our initial business combination with one or more target businesses, subject to compliance with the conditions to consummating a business combination that are described below. We will use these funds to pay amounts due to any public stockholders who exercise their conversion rights and to pay the underwriters their deferred underwriting discounts and commissions that are equal to 4.0% of the gross proceeds of this offering, or $20.0 million (or approximately $23.0 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). Funds released from the trust account to us can be used to pay all or a portion of the purchase price of the business or businesses with which our initial combination occurs. If our initial business combination is paid for using stock or debt securities, we may apply the cash released to us from the trust account to general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the acquired businesses, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in consummating our initial business combination or to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

Certificate of Incorporation:

  As discussed below, there are specific provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that may not be amended prior to our consummation of a business combination, including our

 

12


Table of Contents
    requirements to seek stockholder approval of such a business combination and to allow our stockholders to seek conversion of their shares if they do not approve of such a business combination as well as the related conversion threshold and the fact that such provision may not be amended prior to our consummation of an initial business combination. Accordingly, there is no specific percentage of public stockholders that would allow for such provisions to be amended. While we have been advised that such provisions limiting our ability to amend our certificate of incorporation may not be enforceable under Delaware law, we view these provisions, which are contained in Article Sixth of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as obligations to our stockholders and will not take any action to amend or waive these provisions.

Stockholders must approve initial business combination:

 

We will seek stockholder approval before effecting our initial business combination regardless of the type of transaction it is, even if the business combination would not ordinarily require stockholder approval under applicable state law.

    In connection with the vote required to approve our initial business combination, all of our founders, including all of our officers and directors, have agreed to vote the shares of common stock owned by them immediately before this offering in accordance with the majority of the shares of common stock voted by the public stockholders at the meeting called for the purpose of approving our initial business combination. They have also agreed to vote any shares acquired by them in this offering or in the aftermarket in favor of a business combination. Thus, additional purchases of shares of common stock by our founders, including our officers or directors, would likely allow them to exert additional influence over the approval of our initial business combination. The factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our common stock. Another factor that would be taken into consideration would be that any such additional purchases would likely increase the chances that our initial business combination would be approved. We will proceed with a business combination only if (i) a majority of the shares of common stock voted by the public stockholders are voted in favor of the business combination and (ii) public stockholders owning less than 30% of the shares of common stock sold in this offering exercise their conversion rights described below. We will not increase or decrease the conversion threshold prior to the consummation of our initial business combination. Accordingly, it is our intention in every case to structure and consummate a business combination in which approximately 29.99% of the public stockholders may exercise their conversion rights and the business combination will still go forward.

Conditions to consummating our initial business combination:

 

We will not consummate a business combination with any target business affiliated with any of our officers, directors or founders

 

13


Table of Contents
    including (i) an entity that is either a portfolio company of, or has otherwise received a material financial investment from any private equity fund or investment company (or an affiliate thereof) that is affiliated with such individuals, (ii) an entity in which such individuals or their affiliates are currently passive investors, (iii) an entity in which such individuals or their affiliates are currently officers or directors, or (iv) an entity in which such individuals or their affiliates are currently invested through an investment vehicle controlled by them. Our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that collectively have a fair market value of at least 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding deferred underwriting discounts and commissions of $20.0 million, or approximately $23.0 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. If we acquire less than 100% of a target business in our initial business combination, the aggregate fair market value of the portion we acquire must equal at least 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding deferred underwriting discounts and commissions as described above) at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. The fair market value of a portion of a target business will likely be calculated by multiplying the fair market value of the entire business by the percentage of the business we acquire. However, we will always acquire at least a controlling interest of a target business (typically meaning more than 50% of the voting securities of such target business). We may seek to consummate a business combination with an initial target business or businesses with a collective fair market value in excess of 80% of the balance in the trust account at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. However, we may need to obtain financing to consummate such a business combination and have not taken any steps to obtain any such financing.
    We will consummate our initial business combination only if a majority of the shares of common stock voted by the public stockholders are voted in favor of our initial business combination and less than 30% of the shares sold in this offering are voted against the business combination and exercise their conversion rights described below. It is important to note that voting against our initial business combination alone will not result in conversion of a stockholder’s shares into a pro rata share of the trust account, which only occurs when the stockholder also exercises the conversion rights described below.

Conversion rights for stockholders
voting to reject our initial business combination:

 

We will not complete any proposed initial business combination in connection with which public stockholders owning 30% or more of the shares included in the units sold in this offering exercise their conversion rights. We will not increase or decrease the conversion threshold prior to the consummation of our initial business

 

14


Table of Contents
    combination. We have set the conversion percentage at 30% in order to reduce the likelihood that a small group of investors holding a block of our stock will be able to stop us from completing a business combination that may otherwise be approved by a large majority of our public stockholders. If our initial business combination is approved and completed, public stockholders voting against our initial business combination will be entitled to convert their shares of common stock into a pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, before payment of deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and including interest earned on their pro rata portion of the trust account, net of interest income on the trust account balance previously released to us to pay our tax obligations and net of interest income of up to $5.0 million, or approximately $5.8 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, on the trust account balance previously released to us to fund our working capital requirements. If our initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then public stockholders voting against our initial business combination will not be entitled to convert their shares of common stock into a pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account. The founders will not be able to exercise conversion rights with respect to any of our shares that they may acquire prior to, in or after this offering under any circumstances.
    Public stockholders who convert their shares of common stock into a pro rata share of the trust account will be paid their conversion price promptly following the consummation of our initial business combination and will continue to have the right to exercise any warrants they own. The initial per share conversion price is approximately $9.79 per share (or approximately $9.77 per share if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), without taking into account any interest earned on such funds. Since this amount is less than the $10.00 per unit price in this offering and may be lower than the market price of the common stock on the date of conversion, there may be a disincentive on the part of public stockholders to exercise their conversion rights. Because converting stockholders will receive their proportionate share of deferred underwriting compensation and the underwriters will be paid the full amount of the deferred underwriting compensation at the time of closing of our initial business combination, the non-converting stockholders will bear the financial effect of such payments to both the converting stockholders and the underwriters.

Limitations on conversion rights:

  A public stockholder, together with any affiliate of his or any other person with whom he is acting in concert or as a “group” (as such term is defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) will be restricted from seeking conversion rights with respect to more than 10% of the shares sold in this offering. We will require each public stockholder seeking to exercise conversion rights to certify to us, under penalty of perjury, whether such stockholder is acting in concert or as a group with any other stockholder. Such a public stockholder would still be entitled to vote against a proposed business combination with respect to all shares owned by him or his

 

15


Table of Contents
    affiliates. We believe this restriction will deter stockholders from accumulating large blocks of stock before the meeting held to approve a proposed business combination and threatening to exercise their conversion right as a means to force us or our management to purchase their stock at a significant premium to the then current market price. Absent this provision, a public stockholder who owns more than 10% of the shares sold in this offering could threaten to vote against a proposed business combination and seek conversion of all of its shares, regardless of the merits of the transaction, if, for example, its shares are not purchased by us or our management at a premium to the then current market price. By eliminating a stockholder’s ability to convert more than 10% of the shares sold in this offering, we believe we will deter these stockholders from threatening to block a transaction which is favored by a majority of our other public stockholders.
    If any proposed initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then public stockholders voting against such initial business combination who exercised their conversion rights would not be entitled to convert their shares of common stock into a pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account. If any proposed initial business combination is not approved, public stockholders will continue to have conversion rights with respect to any subsequently proposed initial business combination regardless of how such stockholder voted in the vote to approve a previous potential business combination. Public stockholders would be entitled to receive their pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the trust account only in the event that the initial business combination they voted against was duly approved and subsequently completed, or in connection with our liquidation. Stockholders will no longer have conversion rights after completion of our initial business combination.

Liquidation if no business combination:

  If we do not effect our initial business combination within 24 months from the date of this prospectus (or within 30 months from the date of this prospectus if a definitive agreement has been executed within 24 months from the date of this prospectus and the business combination has not yet been consummated within such 24-month period), pursuant to the terms of the trust agreement by and between us and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, we will seek stockholder approval to dissolve as promptly as practicable and to liquidate and release only to our public stockholders, as part of our plan of distribution, the amount in our trust account, including (i) all accrued interest, net of income taxes payable on such interest and net of interest earned on the trust account balance previously released to us to fund our working capital requirements and (ii) all deferred underwriting discounts and commissions plus any remaining assets, all subject to our obligations under the Delaware General Corporation Law to provide for claims of creditors. Absent special circumstances,

 

16


Table of Contents
    creditors take priority over stockholders in a liquidation under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Stockholders approval of liquidation requirement:

 

We cannot provide investors with assurances of a specific timeframe for our dissolution and liquidation. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, upon the expiration of such 24- or 30-month time period, as applicable, it is intended that our purposes and powers will be limited to dissolving, liquidating and winding up. Also contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation is the requirement that our board of directors, to the fullest extent permitted by law, consider a resolution to dissolve our company at that time. Consistent with such obligations, our board of directors will seek stockholder approval for any such plan of distribution, and our founders have agreed to vote in favor of such dissolution and liquidation. As promptly as practicable upon the later to occur of (i) the approval by our stockholders of our plan of distribution or (ii) the effective date of such approved plan of distribution, we will liquidate our trust account to our public stockholders.

    Our founders have waived their rights to participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to the founders’ common stock. They will, however, participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to any shares of common stock acquired in or after this offering. There will be no distribution from the trust account with respect to our warrants, and all rights of our warrants will terminate on our liquidation. We estimate that our total costs and expenses for implementing and completing our stockholder-approved dissolution and plan of distribution, if not done in connection with a stockholder vote with respect to a potential business combination, will be between $75,000 and $125,000. This amount includes all costs and expenses relating to filing a certificate of dissolution with the State of Delaware, the winding up of our company, printing and mailing a proxy statement, holding a stockholders’ meeting relating to the approval by our stockholders of our dissolution and plan of distribution, legal fees and other filing fees. We believe that there should be sufficient funds available to us out of the net interest earned on the trust account and released to us as working capital, to fund the $75,000 to $125,000 in costs and expenses. If such funds are insufficient, Messrs. Watson and Ledecky have agreed to advance us the funds necessary to complete such liquidation and have agreed not to seek repayment for such expenses.
    In the event we seek stockholder approval for our dissolution and plan of distribution and do not obtain such approval, we will nonetheless continue to pursue stockholder approval for our dissolution. Pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, it is intended that our powers following the expiration of the permitted time periods for consummating a business combination will automatically thereafter be limited to acts and activities relating to dissolving and winding up our affairs,

 

17


Table of Contents
   

including liquidation. If no proxy statement seeking the approval of our stockholders for a business combination has been filed 60 days prior to the date which is 24 months from the date of this prospectus (or 60 days prior to the date which is 30 months from the date of this prospectus if a definitive agreement has been executed within 24 months from the date of this prospectus and the business combination has not yet been consummated within such 24-month period), our board will, prior to such date, convene, adopt and recommend to our stockholders our dissolution and plan of distribution, and on such date file a proxy statement with the SEC seeking stockholder approval for such plan. Pursuant to the trust agreement governing such funds, the funds held in our trust account may not be distributed except upon our dissolution and, unless and until such approval is obtained from our stockholders, the funds held in our trust account will not be released (other than in connection with the funding of working capital, a conversion or a business combination as described elsewhere in this prospectus). Consequently, holders of a majority of our outstanding stock must approve our dissolution and plan of distribution in order to receive the funds held in our trust account and, other than in connection with a conversion or a business combination, the funds will not be available for any other corporate purpose.

 

If we are unable to conclude an initial business combination and we expend all of the net proceeds of this offering and the purchase price paid in consideration for the founder’s units other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, without taking into account any interest earned on the trust account, we expect that the initial per-share liquidation price will be approximately $9.79 (or approximately $9.77 per share if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), or $0.21 less than the per-unit offering price of $10.00 ($0.23 less if the underwriters’ over-allotment is exercised in full). The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to claims of our creditors that are in preference to the claims of our stockholders. In addition, if we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be

included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. Therefore, we cannot assure you that the actual per-share liquidation price will not be less than approximately $9.79 (or approximately $9.77 per share if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full).

 

While we will seek to have all vendors and service providers (which would include any third parties we engaged to assist us in any way in connection with our search for a target business and lenders for money borrowed) and prospective target businesses execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in or to any monies held in the trust account, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements. Nor is there any guarantee that, even if such entities execute such

 

18


Table of Contents
    agreements with us, they will not seek recourse against the trust account or that a court would not conclude that such agreements are not legally enforceable. Eric J. Watson, Jonathan J. Ledecky and William Morris have agreed that they will be jointly and severally liable, by means of direct payment to the trust account, to ensure that the full amount of proceeds in the trust account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors, lenders or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us. However, we cannot assure you that they will be able to satisfy those obligations, if they are required to do so. Furthermore, Messrs. Watson and Ledecky and William Morris will not have any liability as to any claimed amounts owed to a third party who executed a waiver (including a prospective target business). Based on representations of Messrs. Watson and Ledecky and William Morris as to their accredited investor status (as such term is defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) and that they have sufficient funds available to them to satisfy their indemnification obligations, we believe they will be able to satisfy any indemnification obligations that may arise given the limited nature of the obligations, even considering the indemnification obligations of such individuals to other blank check companies, and we will enforce our rights under these indemnification arrangements against each of Messrs. Watson and Ledecky and William Morris. However, we cannot assure you that they will be able to satisfy their obligations if they are required to do so.

Conflicts of Interest:

 

Potential investors should be aware of the following potential conflicts of interest:

 

•        None of our officers and directors is required to commit his full time to our affairs and, accordingly, he may have conflicts of interest in allocating his time among various business activities.

 

•        In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to our company as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented and as a result, if they present such an opportunity to another entity prior to us, we could be deprived of an appropriate target business to acquire if one of those entities accepts it.

 

•        Certain of our officers and directors are affiliated with Victory Acquisition Corp. Since Victory Acquisition Corp. can acquire a target business in any industry other than the franchising, financial services or healthcare industries, the business opportunities required to be presented to Victory Acquisition Corp. will overlap with those that we would be interested in.

 

•        Our officers and directors may in the future become affiliated with entities, including other blank check companies, engaged in

 

19


Table of Contents
   

         business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by our company.

 

•       The founders’ common stock and founders’ warrants owned by our officers and directors will not be released from escrow until 180 days after the successful consummation of an initial business combination; the founders’ warrants, the sponsors’ warrants purchased by our officers and directors and any warrants which they may purchase in this offering or in the aftermarket will expire worthless if an initial business combination is not consummated; unless we consummate our initial business combination, our officers and directors will not receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them to the extent that such expenses exceed the amount of available proceeds not deposited in the trust account and the amount of interest income from the trust account that may be released to us as working capital; and our officers and directors will not receive liquidation distributions with respect to any of their founders’ common stock. For the foregoing reasons, our officers and directors stand to profit by successfully completing a business combination, even one which may not be attractive to our other stockholders. Accordingly, our board may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is appropriate to effect a business combination with.

 

•       Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors were included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to an initial business combination.

 

For a complete description of the applicable conflicts of interest, see the section titled “Management—Conflicts of Interest.”

Audit Committee to monitor compliance:

  Effective upon consummation of this offering, we will establish, and will maintain, an audit committee to, among other things, monitor compliance on a quarterly basis with the terms described above and the other terms relating to this offering. If any noncompliance is identified, then the Audit Committee will be charged with the responsibility to immediately take all action necessary to rectify such noncompliance or otherwise cause compliance with the terms of this offering.

Determination of offering amount:

  We agreed to raise $500,000,000 in the offering based on the previous transactional experience of our management. We also considered the size of the offering to be an amount we believed would be successfully received given our proposed industry focus and the size of initial public offerings of other similarly structured blank check companies. This belief is not based on any research, analysis, evaluations, discussions or compilations of information with respect to any particular investment or any such action undertaken in connection with our organization. We cannot assure you that our belief is correct, that we will be able to successfully identify acquisition candidates, that we will be able to obtain any necessary financing or that we will be able to consummate a transaction with one or more target businesses.

 

20


Table of Contents

Right of First Review:

 

William Morris and Mr. Mass have entered into right of first review agreements with us, in which they have agreed to present to us for our consideration any suitable business opportunity to acquire a target business with a fair market value in excess of $375 million, prior to presentation to any other entity, provided such target business allows them to present their company to us. In any event, neither William Morris nor Mr. Mass will seek to acquire such target business or be a principal in such opportunity. In addition, if a client of William Morris has already identified a specific acquisition in which it seeks the assistance of William Morris, William Morris will not be obligated to present such opportunity to us.

 

Risks

 

In making your decision on whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the backgrounds of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company. In addition, you should consider the following risks:

 

 

this offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and, therefore, you will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings;

 

 

investors’ funds will be held in trust until we are able to consummate our initial business combination or liquidate;

 

 

if third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in trust could be reduced and the per share liquidation price may be less than approximately $9.79 (or approximately $9.77 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full);

 

 

shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them; and

 

 

we will be relying on our officers and directors to locate suitable target businesses and our officers and directors may have conflicts of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination, as described above; and

 

 

an effective registration statement may not be in place when you desire to exercise your warrants, thereby potentially causing such warrants to be practically worthless.

 

You should carefully consider these and the other risks which are set forth in detail in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 23 of this prospectus.

 

21


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following table summarizes the relevant financial data for our business and should be read with our financial statements, which are included in this prospectus. We have not had any significant operations to date, so only balance sheet data is presented.

 

     November 30, 2007

     Actual

    As Adjusted

Balance Sheet Data:

          

Working capital (deficiency)

   (13,492 )   469,324,008

Total assets

   150,008     469,324,008

Total liabilities

   126,000     —  

Value of common stock which may be converted to cash

   —       146,774,990

Stockholders’ equity

   24,008     322,549,018

 

The “as adjusted” information gives effect to the sale of the units we are offering including the application of the related gross proceeds, the receipt of $5.0 million from the sale of the sponsors’ warrants and the payment of the estimated remaining expenses of this offering. The “as adjusted” working capital and “as adjusted” total assets assumes that an initial business combination has been consummated and $20.0 million (approximately $23.0 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) representing deferred underwriting discounts and commissions is paid to the underwriters.

 

The “as adjusted” working capital and total assets amounts include approximately $469,250,000 (which is net of deferred underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $20.0 million) to be held in the trust account, which will be distributed to us on completion of our initial business combination. We will use such funds to pay amounts owed to (i) any public stockholders who exercise their conversion rights and (ii) the underwriters in the amount of $20.0 million (or approximately $23.0 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) in payment of their deferred underwriting discounts and commissions. All such proceeds will be distributed to us from the trust account only upon the consummation of a business combination within 24 months from the date of this prospectus (or within 30 months from the consummation of this offering if a definitive agreement has been executed within 24 months after consummation of this offering and the business combination has not yet been consummated within such 24-month period). If a business combination is not so consummated, any net assets outside of the trust account and the proceeds held in the trust account, including the deferred underwriting discounts and commission and all interest thereon, net of interest income on the trust account balance previously released to us to pay our tax obligations and interest income of up to $5.0 million, or approximately $5.8 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, on the trust account balance previously released to us to fund our working capital requirements, will be distributed solely to our public stockholders as part of our liquidation (subject to our obligations under the Delaware General Corporation Law to provide for claims of creditors).

 

We will not consummate an initial business combination if public stockholders owning 30% or more of the shares of common stock included in the units sold in this offering vote against the business combination and exercise their conversion rights. Accordingly, we may effect a business combination if public stockholders owning up to 14,999,999 of the 50,000,000 shares of common stock sold in this offering exercise their conversion rights. If this occurred, we would be required to convert to cash up to 14,999,999 of the shares of common stock sold in this offering (or 17,249,999 shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) at an initial per-share conversion price of approximately $9.79 for approximately $146,774,990 in the aggregate (or approximately $9.77 per share for approximately $168,599,990 in the aggregate if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). The actual per-share conversion price will be equal to:

 

   

the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, before payment of deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and including accrued interest, net of any amounts previously released to us as described above, as of two business days prior to the proposed consummation of the business combination,

 

   

divided by the number of shares of common stock sold in this offering.

 

 

22


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the material risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus before making a decision to invest in our units. We believe that the risks described below are all of the material risks we face. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks described below.

 

We are a recently formed development stage company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

 

We are a recently formed development stage company with no operating results, and we will not commence operations until obtaining funding through this offering. Because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing an initial business combination with one or more target businesses. We have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business concerning a business combination and may be unable to complete a business combination. If we expend all of the $50,000 in proceeds from this offering not held in trust and interest income earned of up to $5.0 million, or approximately $5.8 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, (net of income taxes on such interest) on the balance of the trust account that may be released to us to fund our working capital requirements in seeking a business combination, but fail to complete such a combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

 

Our independent registered public accounting firm’s report contains an explanatory paragraph that expresses substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a “going concern.”

 

As of November 30, 2007, we had $112,508 in cash and a working capital deficiency of $13,492. Further, we have incurred and expect to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of our acquisition plans. Management’s plans to address this need for capital through this offering are discussed in the section of this prospectus titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” We cannot assure you that our plans to raise capital or to consummate a business combination will be successful. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus do not include any adjustments that might result from our inability to consummate this offering or our inability to continue as a going concern.

 

We may not be able to consummate an initial business combination within the required time frame, in which case, we would be forced to liquidate our assets.

 

Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we have 24 months from the date of this prospectus (or 30 months from the date of this prospectus if a definitive agreement has been executed within 24 months from the date of this prospectus and the initial business combination relating thereto has not yet been consummated within such 24-month period) in which to complete an initial business combination. If we fail to consummate an initial business combination within the required time frame, we will, in accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation dissolve, liquidate and wind up. The foregoing requirements are set forth in Article Sixth of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and may not be eliminated except in connection with, and upon consummation of, our initial business combination. We may not be able to find suitable target businesses within the required time frame.

 

23


Table of Contents

As we approach the deadline for the consummation of our initial business combination, our negotiating position and ability to conduct adequate due diligence on any potential target may be reduced.

 

Our negotiating position and our ability to conduct adequate due diligence on any potential target may be reduced as we approach the deadline for the consummation of a business combination. We do not have any specific business combination under consideration, and neither we, nor any representative acting on our behalf, has had any contacts with any target businesses regarding a business combination, nor taken any direct or indirect actions to locate or search for a target business.

 

If our stockholders approve our liquidation before an initial business combination and distribute the trust account, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share and our warrants will expire worthless.

 

If we are unable to complete a business combination within 24 months from the date of this prospectus (or 30 months from the date of this prospectus if a definitive agreement has been executed within 24 months from the date of this prospectus and the business combination relating thereto has not yet been consummated within such 24-month period) and our stockholders approve our liquidation, the per-share liquidation distribution may be less than $10.00 because of the expenses of this offering, our general and administrative expenses, the anticipated costs of seeking a business combination and third-party claims, if any. We estimate that the net proceeds from (i) the sale of the units in this offering, after deducting offering expenses of approximately $700,000 and underwriting discounts and commissions of $35.0 million (or approximately $40.3 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), and (ii) the sale of the sponsors’ warrants for an aggregate purchase price of $5.0 million, will be approximately $469.3 million (or approximately $539.0 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). Accordingly, we will be placing approximately $9.79 per share, or approximately $9.77 per share if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, in trust. We will have access to (i) interest income earned on the trust account balance to pay our tax obligations and (ii) interest income of up to $5.0 million, or approximately $5.8 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, earned on the trust account balance that may be released to us (so long as we have sufficient funds available to us to pay our tax obligations on such interest income or otherwise then due at that time) for our working capital requirements. You will receive $10.00 per share upon our liquidation only if interest accumulated on the funds held in the trust account, less the amount available to us, after payment of all third party claims and expenses of liquidating, exceeds $0.21 per share (or $0.23 per share if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). Furthermore, there will be no distribution with respect to our outstanding warrants which will expire worthless if we liquidate before the completion of a business combination.

 

If we are unable to consummate an initial business combination, our public stockholders will be forced to wait up to 30 months before receiving liquidation distributions.

 

We have 24 months from the date of this prospectus (or 30 months from the date of this prospectus if a definitive agreement has been executed within 24 months from the date of this prospectus and the business combination relating thereto has not yet been consummated within such 24-month period) in which to complete a business combination. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to the expiration of 24 or 30 months unless we consummate an initial business combination prior thereto and only then in cases where investors have sought conversion of their shares. Only after the expiration of this full time period will public stockholders be entitled to liquidation distributions if we are unable to complete an initial business combination. Accordingly, investors’ funds may be unavailable to them until such date.

 

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of blank check companies.

 

Since the net proceeds of this offering are intended to be used to complete an initial business combination with a target business that has not been identified, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, since our securities will be listed on the American Stock Exchange, a

 

24


Table of Contents

national securities exchange, and we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5.0 million upon the successful consummation of this offering and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules such as completely restricting the transferability of our securities, requiring us to complete a business combination within 18 months of the effective date of the initial registration statement and restricting the use of interest earned on the funds held in the trust account. Because we are not subject to Rule 419, our units will be immediately tradable, we will be entitled to withdraw (i) interest income earned on the trust account balance to pay our tax obligations and (ii) interest income of up to $5.0 million, or approximately $5.8 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, earned on the trust account balance that may be released to us (so long as we have sufficient funds available to us to pay our tax obligations on such interest income or otherwise then due at that time) for our working capital requirements prior to the completion of a business combination and we have a longer period of time to complete such a business combination than we would if we were subject to such rule.

 

Because each unit includes only one half of a warrant, the units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.

 

Each unit includes one share of common stock and one half of a warrant. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose units include one share of common stock and one warrant. We have established the components of the units in this way in order to alleviate the dilutive effect of the warrants and make us a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Although the exercise price of our warrants is lower than that of warrants in other offerings, this unit structure may cause our units to be worth less than if it included one warrant.

 

If we do not consummate a business combination and dissolve, payments from the trust account to our public stockholders may be delayed.

 

We currently believe that any dissolution and plan of distribution in connection with to the expiration of the 24 and 30 month deadlines would proceed in approximately the following manner:

 

   

prior to such deadline, our board of directors will, consistent with its obligations described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Delaware law, consider a resolution for us to dissolve and consider a plan of distribution which it may then vote to recommend to our stockholders; at such time it will also cause to be prepared a preliminary proxy statement setting out such plan of distribution as well as the board’s recommendation of such plan;

 

   

upon such deadline, we would file our preliminary proxy statement with the SEC;

 

   

if the SEC does not review the preliminary proxy statement, then, 10 days following the passing of such deadline, we will mail a definitive proxy statement to our stockholders, and 30 days following the passing of such deadline we will convene a meeting of our stockholders, at which they will either approve or reject our dissolution and plan of distribution; and

 

   

if the SEC does review the preliminary proxy statement, we currently estimate that we will receive their comments 30 days following the passing of such deadline. We will mail the definitive proxy statement to our stockholders following the conclusion of the comment and review process (the length of which we cannot predict with any certainty, and which may be substantial) and we will convene a meeting of our stockholders at which they will either approve or reject our dissolution and plan of distribution.

 

In the event we seek stockholder approval for our dissolution and plan of distribution and do not obtain such approval, we will nonetheless continue to pursue stockholder approval for our dissolution. Pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, it is intended that our powers following the expiration of the permitted time periods for consummating a business combination will automatically thereafter be limited to

 

25


Table of Contents

acts and activities relating to dissolving and winding up our affairs, including liquidation. Pursuant to the trust agreement governing such funds, the funds held in our trust account may not be distributed except upon our dissolution and, unless and until such approval is obtained from our stockholders, the funds held in our trust account will not be released (other than in connection with the funding of working capital, a conversion or a business combination as described elsewhere in this prospectus). Consequently, holders of a majority of our outstanding stock must approve our dissolution in order to receive the funds held in our trust account and the funds will not be available for any other corporate purpose.

 

These procedures, or a vote to reject any dissolution and plan of distribution by our stockholders, may result in substantial delays in the liquidation of our trust account to our public stockholders as part of our plan of distribution.

 

Because of our limited resources and structure, we may not be able to consummate an attractive business combination.

 

We expect to encounter intense competition from entities other than blank check companies having a business objective similar to ours, including venture capital funds, leveraged buyout funds and operating businesses competing for acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. Our ability to compete in acquiring certain sizable target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, the obligation we have to seek stockholder approval of a business combination may delay the consummation of a transaction. Additionally, our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination.

 

If the net proceeds of this offering not being held in the trust account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 30 months, we may be unable to complete a business combination.

 

We believe that, upon consummation of this offering, the funds available to us outside of the trust account, plus the interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be available to us, will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 30 months, assuming that a business combination is not consummated during that time. However, we cannot assure you that our estimates will be accurate. We could use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit the funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business.

 

We may require stockholders who wish to convert their shares in connection with a proposed business combination to comply with specific requirements for conversion that may make it more difficult for them to exercise their conversion rights prior to the deadline for exercising their rights.

 

We may require public stockholders who wish to convert their shares in connection with a proposed business combination to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent at any time prior to the vote taken at the stockholder meeting relating to such business combination or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using the Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System. Traditionally, in order to perfect conversion rights in connection with a blank check company’s business

 

26


Table of Contents

combination, a holder could simply vote against a proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to convert. After the business combination was approved, the company would contact such stockholder to arrange for him to deliver his certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the stockholder then had an “option window” after the consummation of the business combination during which he could monitor the price of the stock in the market. If the price rose above the conversion price, he could sell his shares in the open market before actually delivering his shares to the company for cancellation. Thus, the conversion right, to which stockholders were aware they needed to commit before the stockholder meeting, would become a continuing right surviving past the consummation of the business combination until the converting holder delivered his certificate for conversion. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the meeting would be imposed to ensure that a converting holder’s election to convert is irrevocable once the business combination is approved. In order to obtain a physical stock certificate, a stockholder’s broker and/or clearing broker, DTC and our transfer agent will need to act to facilitate this request. It is our understanding that stockholders should generally allot at least two weeks to obtain physical certificates from the transfer agent. However, because we do not have any control over this process or over the brokers or DTC, it may take significantly longer than two weeks to obtain a physical stock certificate. While we have been advised that it takes a short time to deliver shares through the DWAC System, we cannot assure you of this fact. Accordingly, if it takes longer than we anticipate for stockholders to deliver their shares, stockholders who wish to convert may be unable to meet the deadline for exercising their conversion rights and thus may be unable to convert their shares.

 

If we require public stockholders who wish to convert their shares in connection with a proposed business combination to comply with specific requirements for conversion, such converting stockholders may be unable to sell their securities when they wish to in the event that the proposed business combination is not approved.

 

If we require public stockholders who wish to convert their shares in connection with a proposed business combination to comply with specific requirements for conversion and such proposed business combination is not consummated, we will promptly return such certificates to the tendering public stockholders. Accordingly, investors who attempted to convert their shares in such a circumstance will be unable to sell their securities after the failed acquisition until we have returned their securities to them. The market price for our common stock may decline following such a failed acquisition and you may not be able to sell your securities when you wish to, even while other stockholders that did not seek conversion may be able to sell their securities.

 

If we do not conduct an adequate due diligence investigation of a target business with which we combine, we may be required to subsequently take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring, and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our stock price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

 

We must conduct a due diligence investigation of the target businesses we intend to acquire. Intensive due diligence is time consuming and expensive due to the operations, accounting, finance and legal professionals who must be involved in the due diligence process. Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will reveal all material issues that may affect a particular target business, or that factors outside the control of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. If our diligence fails to identify issues specific to a target business, industry or the environment in which the target business operates, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our common stock. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing.

 

27


Table of Contents

A decline in interest rates could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete a business combination since we will depend on interest earned on the trust account to fund our search, to pay our tax obligations and to complete our initial business combination.

 

Of the net proceeds of this offering, only $50,000 will be available to us initially outside the trust account to fund our working capital requirements. We will depend on sufficient interest being earned on the proceeds held in the trust account to provide us with additional working capital which we will need to identify one or more target businesses and to complete our initial business combination, as well as to pay any tax obligations that we may owe. The funds held in the trust account will be invested only in Treasury Bills issued by the United States government having a maturity of 180 days or less. As of the date of this prospectus, interest rates on these types of investments range from     % to     %. While we are entitled to have released to us for such purposes certain interest earned on the funds in the trust account, a substantial decline in interest rates may result in our having insufficient funds available with which to structure, negotiate or close an initial business combination. In such event, we would need to borrow funds from our founders to operate or may be forced to seek stockholder approval to liquidate. Our founders are under no obligation to advance funds in such circumstances.

 

We have six months longer than most other blank check companies to effect a business combination and therefore, the proceeds of this offering may remain in trust for a longer period of time before they are released to you.

 

The period of time we have to complete an initial business combination is longer than blank check companies subject to Rule 419, which have 18 months to complete an initial business combination, or other special purpose acquisition companies, which typically have 18 or 24 months to complete a business combination. As a result, if we do complete an initial business combination, the proceeds of this offering will remain in trust for a longer period of time before they are released to you.

 

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in trust could be reduced and the per-share liquidation price received by stockholders may be less than approximately $9.79 per share (or approximately $9.77 per share if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full).

 

Our placing of funds in trust may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors and service providers, including lenders for money borrowed, we engage and prospective target businesses we negotiate with, execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements. Furthermore, there is no guarantee that, even if such entities execute such agreements with us, they will not seek recourse against the trust account. Nor is there any guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Furthermore, there could be claims from parties other than vendors and service providers, including lenders for money borrowed, or target businesses that would not be covered by the indemnity from Messrs. Watson and Ledecky and William Morris described below, such as stockholders and other claimants who are not parties in contract with us who file a claim for damages against us. There is also no guarantee that a court would uphold the validity of such agreements. Additionally, after the date of our liquidation, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent that they received distributions from us.

 

Accordingly, the proceeds held in trust could be subject to claims which could take priority over those of our public stockholders and, as a result, the per-share liquidation price could be less than $9.79 (or $9.77 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) due to claims of such creditors. If we liquidate before the completion of a business combination and distribute the proceeds held in trust to our public stockholders, Eric J. Watson and Jonathan J. Ledecky and William Morris have agreed that they will be jointly and severally liable, by means of direct payment to the trust account, to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us or lenders for money borrowed, but only if such a third party

 

28


Table of Contents

does not execute such a waiver. Accordingly, if a claim brought by a target business or vendor, lender or other entity did not exceed the amount of funds available to us outside of the trust account or available to be released to us from interest earned on the trust account balance, Messrs. Watson and Ledecky and William Morris would not have any personal obligation to indemnify such claims as they would be paid from such available funds. However, if a claim exceeded such amounts, the only exceptions to the obligations of Messrs. Watson and Ledecky and William Morris to pay such claim would be (i) if the party executed a waiver agreement or (ii) as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, there could be claims from parties other than vendors, lenders or target businesses that would not be covered by the indemnity from Messrs. Watson and Ledecky and William Morris, such as stockholders and other claimants who are not parties in contract with us who file a claim for damages against us. Obtaining trust fund waivers from prospective target businesses and vendors, including lenders of money borrowed, and the contractual commitments we have received from Messrs. Watson and Ledecky and William Morris discussed above, are the only actions we will take to ensure that the funds in the trust account are not depleted by claims against the trust. Because we will seek to have all vendors, including lenders of money borrowed, and prospective target businesses execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in or to any monies held in the trust account, we believe the likelihood of Messrs. Watson and Ledecky and William Morris having any such obligations is minimal, even considering the indemnification obligations of Messrs. Watson and Ledecky to other blank check companies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we have questioned such individuals on their financial net worth and reviewed their financial information and believe they will be able to satisfy any indemnification obligations that may arise. However, we cannot assure you that they will be able to satisfy those obligations. Therefore, we cannot assure you that the per-share distribution from the trust account, if we liquidate, will not be less than $9.79 (or $9.77 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), plus interest, due to such claims.

 

Additionally, if we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us which is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return to our public stockholders at least $9.79 per share (or $9.77 per share if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full).

 

After the date of our liquidation, our stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them.

 

We will seek stockholder approval to dissolve and liquidate if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the date of this prospectus (or within 30 months from the date of this prospectus if a definitive agreement has been executed within 24 months from the date of this prospectus and the business combination relating thereto has not yet been consummated within such 24-month period). Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of certain unlawful distributions received by them in a dissolution conducted in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law. We do not intend to comply with the procedures set forth in Section 280 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prescribes various procedures by which stockholder liability may be limited. Because we will not be complying with Section 280, we will seek stockholder approval to comply with Section 281(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, requiring us to adopt a plan of dissolution that will reasonably provide for our payment, based on facts known to us at such time, of (i) all existing claims, including those that are contingent, (ii) all pending proceedings to which we are a party and (iii) all claims that may be potentially brought against us within the subsequent 10 years. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors that we engage after the consummation of this offering and potential target businesses. We intend to have all vendors, including lenders for money borrowed, that we engage after the consummation of this offering and prospective target businesses execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account, although we have not received any such agreements to date. If our plan of distribution complies with Section 281(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, any liability of stockholders

 

29


Table of Contents

with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder. A plan of distribution in compliance with Section 281(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law does not bar stockholder liability for claims not brought in a proceeding before the third anniversary of the dissolution (or such longer period directed by the Delaware Court of Chancery). Accordingly, we cannot assure you that third parties will not seek to recover from our public stockholders amounts owed to them by us even after that date. Furthermore, although the indemnification provided by Messrs. Watson and Ledecky and William Morris would cover such claims, they may not be able to satisfy those obligations if they are required to do so.

 

An effective registration statement may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise his, her or its warrants and causing such warrants to expire worthless.

 

No warrant held by public stockholders will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue shares of common stock unless, at the time a holder seeks to exercise a warrant, we have a registration statement under the Securities Act in effect covering the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to the shares of common stock. Under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to use our best efforts to have a registration statement in effect covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants as of the date the warrants become exercisable and to maintain a current prospectus relating to the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so. There may be periods of time that we are unable to keep a prospectus current, for instance, if we were involved in negotiations for a subsequent acquisition. We will not be required to net cash settle the warrants if we do not maintain a current prospectus. In such event, the warrants held by public stockholders may have no value, the market for such warrants may be limited, such warrants may expire worthless and, as a result, an investor may have paid the full unit price solely for the shares of common stock included in the units.

 

The holders of the sponsors’ warrants and founders’ warrants may be able to exercise such warrants at a time when public stockholders may not exercise their warrants.

 

The sponsors’ warrants and founders’ warrants may be exercisable for unregistered shares of common stock even if the prospectus relating to the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not current. Accordingly, the holders of such warrants may be able to exercise their warrants at a time when public stockholders are not able to do so.

 

An investor will only be able to exercise a warrant if the issuance of common stock upon the exercise has been registered or qualified or is deemed exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants.

 

No warrants will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue shares of common stock unless the shares of common stock issuable upon an exercise has been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants. At the time that the warrants become exercisable, we expect to continue to be listed on a national securities exchange, which would provide an exemption from registration in every state. Accordingly, we believe holders in every state will be able to exercise their warrants as long as our prospectus relating to the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is current. However, we cannot assure you of this fact. If the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrant is not qualified or exempt from qualification in the jurisdictions in which the holders of the warrants reside, the warrants may be deprived of any value, the market for the warrants may be limited and they may expire worthless if they cannot be sold.

 

Since we have not yet selected any target business with which to complete a business combination, we are unable to currently ascertain the merits or risks of the business’ operations.

 

Because we have not yet identified a prospective target business, investors in this offering currently have no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the target business’ operations. To the extent we complete a business combination with a financially unstable company or an entity in its development stage, we may be

 

30


Table of Contents

affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations of such entities. Although our management will evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that they will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a target business. Except for the limitation that a target business have a fair market value of at least 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding deferred underwriting discounts and commissions) at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination and be in the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry, we will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective acquisition candidate.

 

Your only opportunity to evaluate and affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination will be limited to voting for or against the business combination submitted to our stockholders for approval.

 

At the time of your investment in us, you will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of one or more target businesses. Accordingly, your only opportunity to evaluate and affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination will be limited to voting for or against the business combination submitted to our stockholders for approval. In addition, a proposal that you vote against could still be approved if a sufficient number of public stockholders vote for the proposed business combination. Alternatively, a proposal that you vote for could still be rejected if a sufficient number of public stockholders vote against the proposed business combination.

 

We will not be required to obtain a fairness opinion from an independent investment banking firm as to the fair market value of the target business unless our board of directors is unable to independently determine the fair market value.

 

The fair market value of a target business or businesses will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, the values of comparable businesses, earnings and cash flow, and/or book value). If our board is not able to independently determine that the target business has a sufficient fair market value to meet the threshold criterion, we will obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated, independent investment banking firm which is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, with respect to the satisfaction of such criterion. In all other circumstances, we will have no obligation to obtain or provide you with a fairness opinion.

 

We may issue shares of our capital stock or debt securities to complete an initial business combination. Issuance of our capital stock would reduce the equity interest of our stockholders and may cause a change in control of our ownership, while the issuance of debt securities may have a significant impact on our ability to utilize our available cash.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect at the time of consummation of this offering, authorizes the issuance of up to 250,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.0001 per share. Immediately after this offering and the purchase of the sponsors’ warrants (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and the forfeit of 1,875,000 founders’ units, representing 1,875,000 shares of founders’ common stock and 937,500 founders’ warrants), there will be 151,250,000 authorized but unissued shares of common stock available for issuance (after appropriate reservation for the issuance of the shares upon full exercise of our outstanding warrants, including the sponsors’ warrants) and all of the 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock available for issuance. Although we have no commitment as of the date of this offering, we may issue a substantial number of additional shares of our common or preferred stock, or a combination of common and preferred stock, to complete a business combination. The issuance of additional shares of common stock or any number of shares of our preferred stock:

 

   

may significantly reduce your equity interest in this offering;

 

31


Table of Contents
   

may subordinate the rights of holders of shares of common stock if we issue preferred stock with rights senior to those afforded to our common stock;

 

   

may cause a change in control if a substantial number of our shares of common stock are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;

 

   

may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the stock ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of our company; and

 

   

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock.

 

Similarly, if we issue debt securities, it could result in:

 

   

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

 

   

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

 

   

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand; and

 

   

our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding.

 

The value of your investment in us may decline if any of these events occur.

 

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not consummated, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business.

 

It is anticipated that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting, and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents, and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If a decision is made not to complete a specific business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, even if an agreement is reached relating to a specific target business, we may fail to consummate the business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control, such as that 30% or more of our public stockholders vote against the business combination and opt to have us convert their stock for a pro rata share of the trust account even if a majority of our stockholders approve the business combination. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business.

 

Our ability to successfully effect a business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel.

 

Our ability to successfully effect a business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, including Eric J. Watson, our chairman of the board and treasurer, and Jonathan J. Ledecky, our president and secretary. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of these individuals, at least until we have consummated a business combination. We cannot assure you that these individuals will remain with us for the immediate or foreseeable future. In addition, none of our officers are required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, they will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have employment agreements with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our officers. The unexpected loss of the services of our key personnel could have a detrimental effect on us.

 

32


Table of Contents

Following a business combination, we will be totally dependent on the key personnel of the combined company.

 

The role of our key personnel in the target business cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following a business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a public company which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

 

William Morris is not obligated to search for potential business combinations for us.

 

William Morris does not have any obligation, fiduciary, contractual, or otherwise, to actively seek out target businesses for us. While William Morris has entered into a right of first review agreement with us in which it has agreed, subject to limited exceptions, to present any suitable business opportunities to us prior to presenting them to other entities, it may not be presented with any such opportunities. In such event, William Morris would not present any business opportunities to us. Therefore, we cannot assure you that William Morris will be a resource for identifying potential target businesses.

 

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following a business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

 

Our key personnel will be able to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to the company after the consummation of the business combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business.

 

We may negotiate agreements with consultants or advisors which provide for payment of their fees only in connection with the consummation of a business combination. These agreements may cause them to have conflicts of interest in providing advice to us.

 

We may negotiate agreements with consultants or advisors which provide for payment of their fees only in connection with the consummation of a business combination. The financial interests of such consultants or advisors could influence their motivation in advising us to select a particular target business. As a result, they may advise us to proceed with a business combination that would not otherwise be in our best interests.

 

Our officers’ and directors’ interests in obtaining reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them may lead to a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is appropriate for an initial business combination and in the public stockholders’ best interest.

 

Unless we consummate our initial business combination, our officers and directors will not receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them to the extent that such expenses exceed the amount of available proceeds not deposited in the trust account and the amount of interest income from the trust account up to a maximum of $5.0 million, or approximately $5.8 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, that may be released to us as working capital. Our officers and directors may, as part

 

33


Table of Contents

of any business combination, negotiate the repayment of some or all of any such excess expenses. We do not have a policy that prohibits our officers and directors from negotiating for the reimbursement of such expenses by a target business. If the owners of the target business do not agree to such repayment, this could cause our management to view such potential business combination unfavorably, thereby resulting in a conflict of interest. The financial interest of our officers or directors could influence our officers’ and directors’ motivation in selecting a target business and therefore there may be a conflict of interest when determining whether a particular business combination is in the stockholders’ best interest.

 

Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate a business combination.

 

Our officers and directors are not required to commit their full time to our affairs, which could create a conflict of interest when allocating their time between our operations and their other commitments. We presently expect each of Eric J. Watson and Jonathan J. Ledecky to devote at least 10 hours per week to our business. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the consummation of a business combination. All of our executive officers and directors are engaged in several other business endeavors and are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our affairs. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote more substantial amounts of time to such affairs, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs and could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate a business combination. We cannot assure you that these conflicts will be resolved in our favor. For a complete discussion of the applicable conflicts of interest, see the section titled “Management—Conflicts of Interest.”

 

Certain of our officers and directors are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

 

Certain of our officers and directors are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities, including other “blank check” companies, engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us. Each of Messrs. Watson, Ledecky, Hersov, Mathias, Gray and Solomon are officers and directors of Victory Acquisition Corp. and Triplecrown Acquisition Corp. and such individuals are required to offer all suitable business opportunities for a business combination to Victory Acquisition Corp. and Triplecrown Acquisition Corp. prior to presenting it to us. Furthermore, each of Messrs. Watson, Ledecky and Mathias is an officer and/or director of Grand Slam Acquisition Corp. and each of Messrs. Watson, Ledecky, Mathias and Hersov is an officer and/or director of Endeavour International Acquisition Corp. It is anticipated that our initial public offering will coincide with that of Grand Slam Acquisition Corp.’s and Endeavour International Acquisition Corp.’s, although this is not a requirement of any of these offerings. Additionally, each of our principals may become involved with subsequent blank check companies similar to our company. Additionally, our officers and directors may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe fiduciary duties. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity time should be allocated or a particular business opportunity should be presented. We cannot assure you that these conflicts will be resolved in our favor. As a result, a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us and we may miss out on a potential transaction.

 

All of our officers and directors own shares of common stock issued prior to this offering and some of them will own warrants following this offering. These shares and warrants will not participate in liquidation distributions and, therefore, our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is appropriate for a business combination.

 

All of our founders, including our officers and directors, own shares of founders’ common stock and founders’ warrants that were issued prior to this offering. Additionally, certain of our officers and directors are

 

34


Table of Contents

purchasing the sponsors’ warrants upon consummation of this offering. Such individuals have waived their right to receive distributions with respect to the founders’ common stock upon our liquidation if we are unable to consummate a business combination. Accordingly, the founders’ common stock and founders’ warrants, as well as the sponsors’ warrants, and any warrants purchased by our officers or directors in this offering or in the aftermarket will be worthless if we do not consummate a business combination. The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our stockholders’ best interest.

 

The American Stock Exchange may delist our securities from quotation on its exchange which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

 

We anticipate that our securities will be listed on the American Stock Exchange, a national securities exchange, upon consummation of this offering however we cannot assure you of this fact. Although after giving effect to this offering we expect to meet the minimum initial listing standards set forth in Sections 101(c) and 101(d) of the American Stock Exchange Company Guide, which generally requires us to maintain a minimum amount in stockholders’ equity (usually $4 million), market capitalization (between $50 million to $75 million), aggregate market value of publicly held shares (between $15 million and $20 million), a minimum number of public stockholders (usually 400 stockholders) and a minimum stock price (between $2.00 and $3.00), we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on the American Stock Exchange in the future prior to a business combination. Once listed, we generally will need to maintain a minimum amount in stockholders’ equity (usually between $2,000,000 and $4,000,000) and a minimum number of public stockholders (usually 300 stockholders), as well as not having what is deemed to be a “low selling price” as determined by the American Stock Exchange to continue to be listed on the American Stock Exchange. Additionally, in connection with our business combination, it is likely that the American Stock Exchange will require us to file a new initial listing application and meet its initial listing requirements as opposed to its more lenient continued listing requirements. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

 

If the American Stock Exchange delists our securities from trading on its exchange, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

 

   

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

 

   

reduced liquidity with respect to our securities;

 

   

a determination that our common stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our common stock to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our common stock;

 

   

a limited amount of news and analyst coverage for our company; and

 

   

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

 

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of this offering, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services.

 

Our business combination must be with one or more target businesses having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding deferred underwriting discounts and commissions) at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. However, we may not be able to acquire more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By consummating a business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic,

 

35


Table of Contents

competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be solely dependent upon the performance of a single business.

 

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry.

 

If we determine to simultaneously acquire more than one business and such businesses are owned by different sellers, it may make it more difficult for us to complete such an initial business combination.

 

If we determine to simultaneously acquire more than one business and such businesses are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of the sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

 

The ability of our stockholders to exercise their conversion rights may not allow us to effectuate the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

 

When we seek stockholder approval of any business combination, we will offer each public stockholder (but not our founders) the right to have his, her or its shares of common stock converted to cash if the stockholder votes against the business combination and the business combination is approved and completed. Such holder must both vote against such business combination and then exercise his, her or its conversion rights to receive a pro rata portion of the trust account. Accordingly, if our business combination requires us to use substantially all of our cash to pay the purchase price, because we will not know how many stockholders may exercise such conversion rights, we may either need to reserve part of the trust account for possible payment upon conversion, or we may need to arrange third party financing to help fund our business combination in case a larger percentage of public stockholders exercise their conversion rights than we expect. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing. Therefore, we may not be able to consummate a business combination that requires us to use all of the funds held in the trust account as part of the purchase price, or we may end up having a leverage ratio that is not optimal for our business combination. This may limit our ability to effectuate the most attractive business combination available to us.

 

Public stockholders, together with any affiliates of theirs or any other person with whom they are acting in concert or as a “group” with, will be restricted from seeking conversion rights with respect to more than 10% of the shares sold in this offering.

 

When we seek stockholder approval of any business combination, we will offer each public stockholder (but not our existing stockholders or their permitted transferees) the right to have his, her, or its shares of common stock converted to cash if the stockholder votes against the business combination and the business combination is approved and completed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of his or any other person with whom he is acting in concert or as a “group” will be restricted from seeking conversion rights with respect to more than 10% of the shares sold in this offering. Accordingly, if you purchase more than 10% of the shares sold in this offering and a proposed business combination is approved, you will not be able to seek conversion rights with respect to the full amount of your shares and may be forced to hold such additional shares or sell them in the open market. We cannot assure you that the value of such additional shares will appreciate over time following a business combination or that the market price of the common stock will exceed the per-share conversion price.

 

36


Table of Contents

We may proceed with a business combination even if public stockholders owning up to approximately 29.99% of the shares sold in this offering exercise their conversion rights. This threshold is above the threshold of approximately 19.99% employed by previous similarly structured blank check companies.

 

We may proceed with a business combination as long as public stockholders owning less than 30% of the shares sold in this offering exercise their conversion rights. Accordingly, public stockholders holding up to approximately 29.99% of the shares sold in this offering, or approximately 14,999,999 shares of common stock, may exercise their conversion rights and we could still consummate a proposed business combination. We have set the conversion percentage at 30% in order to reduce the likelihood that a small group of investors holding a block of our stock will be able to stop us from completing a business combination that is otherwise approved by a large majority of our public stockholders. While there are a several offerings similar to ours which include conversion provisions of between 20% and 30%, the 20% threshold had been customary and standard for offerings similar to ours. The higher threshold may make it more likely that we will consummate a business combination than if we were using the lower threshold.

 

Our business combination may require us to use substantially all of our cash to pay the purchase price. In such a case, because we will not know how many stockholders may exercise such conversion rights, we may need to arrange third party financing to help fund our business combination in case a larger percentage of stockholders exercise their conversion rights than we expect. Additionally, even if our business combination does not require us to use substantially all of our cash to pay the purchase price, if a significant number of stockholders exercise their conversion rights, we will have less cash available to use in furthering our business plans following a business combination and may need to arrange third party financing. We have not taken any steps to secure third party financing for either situation. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain such third party financing on terms favorable to us or at all.

 

We may be unable to obtain additional financing, if required, to complete a business combination or to fund the operations and growth of the target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.

 

Although we believe that the net proceeds of this offering, including the interest earned on the proceeds held in the trust account that may be available to us, will be sufficient to allow us to consummate a business combination, because we have not yet identified any prospective target business, we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of this offering prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of the business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, or the obligation to convert into cash a significant number of shares from dissenting stockholders, we will be required to seek additional financing. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to consummate a particular business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. Even if we do not need additional financing to consummate a business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or stockholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after a business combination.

 

Our founders, including our officers and directors, control a substantial interest in us and thus may influence certain actions requiring a stockholder vote.

 

Upon consummation of this offering, our founders (including all of our officers and directors) will collectively own 20% of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock (assuming none of them purchase units in this offering). None of our founders, officers, directors or their affiliates has indicated any intention to purchase additional units or shares of common stock from persons in the aftermarket or in private transactions. Additional purchases of shares of common stock by such individuals would likely allow them to exert additional influence over the approval of our initial business combination. The factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our common stock. Another

 

37


Table of Contents

factor that would be taken into consideration would be that any such additional purchases would likely increase the chances that our initial business combination would be approved.

 

Because we do not anticipate holding an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the consummation of a business combination, our founders will continue to exert control over our actions at least until the consummation of an initial business combination.

 

Our board of directors is and will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. It is unlikely that there will be an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the consummation of a business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the consummation of the business combination. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your voting rights under state law for up to 30 months. If there is an annual meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for election and our founders, because of their ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. Accordingly, our founders will continue to exert control at least until the consummation of an initial business combination.

 

Our founders paid an aggregate of $25,000, or approximately $0.002 per unit, for the founders’ units and, accordingly, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution from the purchase of our shares of common stock.

 

The difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock (allocating all of the purchase price for the founders’ units to the founders’ common stock and none to the founders’ warrants included in the founders’ units) and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering constitutes the dilution to you and the other investors in this offering. Our founders acquired the founders’ common stock at a nominal price, significantly contributing to this dilution. Upon consummation of this offering, assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised and 1,875,000 units, representing 1,875,000 shares of common stock and 937,500 warrants, are forfeited by our founding stockholders and assuming no value is ascribed to the founders’ warrants or to the warrants included in the units sold in this offering, you and the other new investors will incur an immediate and substantial dilution of approximately 32.1% or $3.21 per share (the difference between the pro forma net tangible book value per share of $6.79, and the initial offering price of $10.00 per unit). This is because investors in this offering will be contributing approximately 99.99% of the total amount paid to us for our outstanding securities after this offering but will only own 80% of our outstanding securities. Accordingly, the per-share purchase price you will be paying substantially exceeds our per share net tangible book value.

 

We may redeem the warrants at a time that is not beneficial to public investors.

 

We may call the public warrants for redemption at any time after the redemption criteria described elsewhere in this prospectus have been satisfied. If we call the public warrants for redemption, public stockholders may be forced to accept a nominal redemption price or sell or exercise the warrants when they may not wish to do so. Furthermore, the founders’ warrants and sponsors’ warrants are not redeemable by us so long as they are held by the initial holders or their permitted transferees and as a result, the holders of such founders’ warrants or sponsors’ warrants could realize a larger gain on their warrants than public stockholders are able to realize if we call the public warrants for redemption.

 

Our management’s ability to require holders of our warrants to exercise such warrants on a cashless basis will cause holders to receive fewer shares of common stock upon their exercise of the warrants than they would have received had they been able to exercise their warrants for cash.

 

If we call our public warrants for redemption after the redemption criteria described elsewhere in this prospectus have been satisfied, our management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise

 

38


Table of Contents

his warrant to do so on a “cashless basis.” In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of common stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” and (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sales price of our common stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the warrants. If our management chooses to require holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis, the number of shares of common stock received by a holder upon exercise will be fewer than it would have been had such holder exercised his warrant for cash. This will have the effect of reducing the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in our company.

 

Our outstanding warrants may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock and make it more difficult to effect a business combination.

 

We issued the founders’ warrants as part of the sale of the founders’ units to purchase 6,250,000 shares of common stock (or 7,187,500 shares of common stock if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). We will be issuing warrants to purchase 25,000,000 shares of common stock (or 28,750,000 shares of common stock if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) as part of the units offered by this prospectus. We will also sell the sponsors’ warrants to purchase 5,000,000 shares of common stock. The warrants included in the units being sold in this offering and the sponsors’ warrants will become exercisable on the later of (i) the completion of our initial business combination or (ii) one year from the date of this prospectus, provided in each case that we have an effective and current registration statement under the Securities Act covering the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants. The founders’ warrants will become exercisable after the consummation of our initial business combination if and when the last sales price of our ordinary shares exceeds $15.00 per share for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period beginning 90 days after the initial business combination. To the extent we issue shares of common stock to effect a business combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional shares upon exercise of these warrants could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle in the eyes of a target business. Such securities, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock and reduce the value of the shares issued to complete the business combination. Accordingly, our warrants may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business. Additionally, the sale, or even the possibility of a sale, of the shares underlying the warrants could have an adverse effect on the market price for our securities or on our ability to obtain future financing. If and to the extent these warrants are exercised, you may experience a substantial dilution of your holdings.

 

If our founders or the purchasers of the sponsors’ warrants exercise their registration rights with respect to their founders’ common stock, founders’ warrants or sponsors’ warrants and underlying securities, it may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock and the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effect a business combination.

 

The founders are entitled to demand that we register the resale of the founders’ common stock and founders’ warrants and the underlying shares of common stock at any time commencing the earlier of (i) nine months after the consummation of our initial business combination or (ii) the date they are released from escrow. Additionally, the purchasers of the sponsors’ warrants are entitled to demand that we register the resale of their warrants and underlying shares of common stock commencing 90 days after we consummate a business combination. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. Assuming the underwriters do not exercise the over-allotment option and the founding stockholders forfeit the 1,875,000 units, if such individuals exercise their registration rights with respect to all of their securities, then there will be an additional 12,500,000 shares of common stock (or 14,375,000 shares of common stock if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) and 11,250,000 warrants (or 12,187,500 warrants if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), as well as 11,250,000 shares of common stock (or 12,187,500 shares of common stock if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) underlying the warrants, eligible for trading in the public market. The

 

39


Table of Contents

presence of these additional securities trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. In addition, the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business, as the stockholders of the target business may be discouraged from entering into a business combination with us or will request a higher price for their securities because of the potential negative effect the exercise of such rights may have on the trading market for our common stock.

 

The determination of the offering price of our units and the size of this offering is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities and size of an offering of an operating company in a particular industry and therefore may not accurately reflect the value of your investment.

 

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for any of our securities. The public offering price of the units and the terms of the warrants were negotiated between us and the underwriters. In determining the size of this offering, management held customary organizational meetings with representatives of the underwriters, both prior to our inception and thereafter, with respect to the state of capital markets, generally, and the amount the representatives believed they reasonably could raise on our behalf. Factors considered in determining the size of this offering, price and terms of the units, including the shares of common stock and warrants underlying the units, include:

 

   

the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies;

 

   

prior offerings of those companies;

 

   

our prospects for acquiring an operating business at attractive values;

 

   

a review of debt to equity ratios in leveraged transactions;

 

   

our capital structure;

 

   

an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying operating companies;

 

   

general conditions of the securities markets at the time of this offering; and

 

   

other factors as were deemed relevant.

 

However, although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities of an operating company in a particular industry since we have no historical operations or financial results to compare them to. As a result, the offering price of our units may not accurately reflect the value of your investment in our securities.

 

If we effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

 

We may effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States. If we did, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in the target business’ home jurisdiction, including any of the following:

 

   

rules and regulations or currency conversion or corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

 

   

tariffs and trade barriers;

 

   

regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

 

   

longer payment cycles;

 

   

tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

 

   

currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

 

   

challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

 

40


Table of Contents
   

cultural and language differences;

 

   

employment regulations;

 

   

crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks and wars; and

 

   

deterioration of political relations with the United States.

 

We cannot assure you that we would be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, our operations might suffer.

 

If we effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States, the laws applicable to such company will likely govern all of our material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

 

If we effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States, the laws of the country in which such company operates will govern almost all of the material agreements relating to its operations. We cannot assure you that the target business will be able to enforce any of its material agreements or that remedies will be available in this new jurisdiction. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital. Additionally, if we acquire a company located outside of the United States, it is likely that substantially all of our assets would be located outside of the United States and some of our officers and directors might reside outside of the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties of our directors and officers under Federal securities laws.

 

If we are deemed to be an investment company, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete a business combination.

 

A company that, among other things, is or holds itself out as being engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, trading or holding certain types of securities would be deemed an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Since we will invest the proceeds held in the trust account, it is possible that we could be deemed an investment company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act of 1940. To this end, the proceeds held in trust may be invested by the trustee only in Treasury Bills issued by the United States government having a maturity of 180 days or less. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, we intend to meet the requirements for the exemption provided in Rule 3a-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

If we are nevertheless deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, we may be subject to certain restrictions that may make it more difficult for us to complete a business combination, including:

 

   

restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

 

   

restrictions on the issuance of securities.

 

In addition, we may have imposed upon us certain burdensome requirements, including:

 

   

registration as an investment company;

 

   

adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

 

41


Table of Contents
   

reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy, compliance policies and procedures and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

 

Compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expense for which we have not allotted.

 

There is currently no market for our securities and a market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

 

There is currently no market for our securities. Stockholders therefore have no access to information about prior market history on which to base their investment decision. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established and sustained.

 

Because we must furnish our stockholders with target business financial statements, we may not be able to complete a business combination with some prospective target businesses.

 

We will provide stockholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the proxy solicitation materials sent to stockholders to assist them in assessing the target business. In all likelihood, these financial statements will need to be prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have financial statements prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles or that the potential target business will be able to prepare its financial statements in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles. To the extent that this requirement cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses with which we may combine.

 

Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will require substantial financial and management resources and may increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

 

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls and requires that we have such system of internal controls audited beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2009. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny, civil or criminal penalties and/or stockholder litigation. Any inability to provide reliable financial reports could harm our business. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act also requires that our independent registered public accounting firm report on management’s evaluation of our system of internal controls. A target company may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition. Furthermore, any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in the implementation of adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock.

 

We do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of a business combination and may not pay dividends in the future following the completion of a business combination.

 

We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of a business combination. The payment of dividends after completion of an initial business combination will depend on our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition after a business combination is completed and will be within the discretion of our then-board

 

42


Table of Contents

of directors. As a result, any gains on an investment in our securities will need to come through appreciation of the value of such securities.

 

Risks Related to the Entertainment, Media and/or Publishing Industry

 

Business combinations with companies with operations in the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry entail special considerations and risks. If we are successful in completing a business combination with a target business with operations in the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry, we will be subject to, and possibly adversely affected by, the following risks:

 

The speculative nature of the media and entertainment industry may result in our inability to produce products or services that receive sufficient market acceptance for us to be successful.

 

Certain segments of the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry are highly speculative and historically have involved a substantial degree of risk. For example, the success of a particular film, video game, program or recreational attraction depends upon unpredictable and changing factors, including the success of promotional efforts, the availability of alternative forms of entertainment and leisure time activities, general economic conditions, public acceptance and other tangible and intangible factors, many of which are beyond our control. If we complete a business combination with a target business in such a segment, we may be unable to produce products or services that receive sufficient market acceptance for us to be successful.

 

Changes in technology may reduce the demand for the products or services we may offer following a business combination.

 

The entertainment, media and/or publishing industry is substantially affected by rapid and significant changes in technology. These changes may reduce the demand for certain existing services and technologies used in these industries or render them obsolete. We cannot assure you that the technologies used by or relied upon or produced by a target business with which we effect a business combination will not be subject to such occurrence. While we may attempt to adapt and apply the services provided by the target business to newer technologies, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient resources to fund these changes or that these changes will ultimately prove successful.

 

If following a business combination, the products or services that we market or sell are not accepted by the public, our profits may decline.

 

Certain segments of the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry are dependent on developing and marketing new products and services that respond to technological and competitive developments and changing customer needs and tastes. We cannot assure you that the products and services of a target business with which we effect a business combination will gain market acceptance. Any significant delay or failure in developing new or enhanced technology, including new product and service offerings, could result in a loss of actual or potential market share and a decrease in revenues.

 

If we are unable to protect our patents, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property rights following a business combination, competitors may be able to use our technology or intellectual property rights, which could weaken our competitive position.

 

If we are successful in acquiring a target business and the target business is the owner of patents, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property, our success will depend in part on our ability to obtain and enforce intellectual property rights for those assets, both in the United States and in other countries. In those circumstances, we may file applications for patents, copyrights and trademarks as our management deems appropriate. We cannot assure you that these applications, if filed, will be approved, or that we will have the financial and other resources necessary to enforce our proprietary rights against infringement by others. Additionally, we cannot assure you that any patent, trademark or copyright obtained by us will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented.

 

43


Table of Contents

If we are alleged to have infringed on the intellectual property rights or other rights of third parties it could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidation or our proprietary rights.

 

If, following a business combination, third parties allege that we have infringed on their intellectual property rights, privacy rights or publicity rights or have defamed them, we could become a party to litigation. These claims and any resulting lawsuits could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidation of our proprietary rights and/or restrict our ability to publish and distribute the infringing or defaming content.

 

We may not be able to comply with government regulations that may be adopted with respect to the entertainment and media industries.

 

Certain segments of the entertainment and media industries, including broadcast networks, cable networks and radio stations, have historically been subject to substantial regulation at the Federal, state and local levels. In the past, the regulatory environment, particularly with respect to the television and radio industry, has been fairly rigid. We cannot assure you that regulations currently in effect or adopted in the future will not cause us to modify or cease any of the operations then being conducted by a target business that we acquire.

 

44


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

The statements contained in this prospectus that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipates,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predicts,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus may include, for example, statements about our:

 

   

ability to complete our initial business combination;

 

   

success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

 

   

officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial business combination, as a result of which they would then receive expense reimbursements;

 

   

potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete a business combination;

 

   

pool of prospective target businesses;

 

   

the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential investment opportunities;

 

   

potential change in control if we acquire one or more target businesses for stock;

 

   

public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

 

   

listing or delisting of our securities from the American Stock Exchange or the ability to have our securities listed on the American Stock Exchange following our initial business combination;

 

   

use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available to us from interest income on the trust account balance;

 

   

financial performance following this offering; or

 

   

regulatory and operational risks associated with acquiring a target business.

 

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus. We will update the information in this prospectus as and when required by federal securities laws and regulations.

 


 

45


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that the net proceeds of this offering, in addition to the funds we will receive from the sale of the sponsors’ warrants (all of which will be deposited into the trust account), will be as set forth in the following table:

 

     Without Over-
Allotment Option


   With Over-
Allotment
Option Exercised


Offering gross proceeds

   $ 500,000,000    $ 575,000,000

Proceeds from sale of sponsors’ warrants

     5,000,000      5,000,000
    

  

Total gross proceeds

   $ 505,000,000    $ 580,000,000
    

  

Offering expenses(1)(2)

             

Underwriting discount (7% of offering gross proceeds)

   $ 35,000,000    $ 40,250,000

Legal fees and expenses

     305,000      305,000

Printing and engraving expenses

     125,000      125,000

Accounting fees and expenses

     60,000      60,000

SEC registration fee

     22,507      22,507

FINRA filing fee

     73,813      73,813

American Stock Exchange fees

     80,000      80,000

Miscellaneous expenses

     33,680      33,680
    

  

Total offering expenses

   $ 35,700,000    $ 40,950,000
    

  

Proceeds after offering expenses

   $ 469,300,000    $ 539,050,000
    

  

Net offering proceeds held in trust

   $ 469,250,000    $ 539,000,000

Deferred underwriting discounts and commissions held in trust

   $ 20,000,000    $ 23,000,000
    

  

Total held in trust

   $ 489,250,000    $ 562,000,000
    

  

Net offering proceeds not held in trust(3)

   $ 50,000    $ 50,000
    

  

Working capital-funded from net proceeds not held in trust and interest earned on monies held in trust(3)(4)(5)

             

Due diligence of prospective target businesses, including fees for market research or consultants used to perform due diligence, if any, and reimbursement of out-of-pocket due diligence expenses incurred by our management team

   $ 1,500,000    $ 1,500,000

Legal, accounting and other non-due diligence expenses, including structuring and negotiating a business combination

     1,500,000      1,500,000

Legal and accounting fees relating to SEC reporting obligations

     180,000      180,000

Working capital to cover miscellaneous expenses (potentially including deposits or down payments for a proposed business combination), director and officer liability insurance premiums, transfer agent, warrant agent and trustee fees and reserves

     1,870,000      2,620,000
    

  

Total

   $ 5,050,000    $ 5,800,000
    

  


(1)   A portion of the offering expenses have been paid from advances we received from Eric J. Watson and Jonathan J. Ledecky described below. These advances will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering not being placed in trust upon consummation of this offering.
(2)   These expenses are estimates only. Our actual expenditures for some or all of these items may differ from the estimates set forth herein.
(3)  

The amount of net proceeds from this offering not held in trust will remain constant at $50,000 even if the underwriters’ over-allotment is exercised. In addition, $5,000,000, or $5,750,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, of interest income earned on the amounts

 

46


Table of Contents
 

held in the trust account will be available to us to pay for our working capital requirements. For purposes of presentation, the full amount available to us is shown as the total amount of net proceeds available to us immediately following the offering.

(4)   These are estimates only. Our actual expenditures for some or all of these items may differ from the estimates set forth herein. For example, we may incur greater legal and accounting expenses than our current estimates in connection with negotiating and structuring a business combination based upon the level of complexity of that business combination. We do not anticipate any change in our intended use of proceeds, other than fluctuations among the current categories of allocated expenses, which fluctuations, to the extent they exceed current estimates for any specific category of expenses, would be deducted from our excess working capital.
(5)   If the underwriters determine to increase or decrease the size of this offering, the amount of interest income earned on the trust fund that can be released to us to fund our working capital requirements would be proportionately adjusted.

 

A total of approximately $489.3 million (or approximately $562.0 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), of the net proceeds from this offering and the sale of the sponsors’ warrants described in this prospectus, including $20.0 million (or approximately $23.0 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) of deferred underwriting discounts and commissions will be placed in the trust account at JPMorgan Chase NY Bank with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee. These funds will be invested only in Treasury Bills issued by the United States government having a maturity of 180 days or less. As of the date of this prospectus, interest rates on these types of investments range from     % to     %. Except for a portion of the interest income that may be released to us, the proceeds held in trust will not be released from the trust account until the earlier of the completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation. All amounts held in the trust account that are not paid to public stockholders who elect to exercise their conversion rights or released to us as interest income will be released on closing of our initial business combination with one or more target businesses which collectively have a fair market value of at least 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding deferred underwriting discounts and commissions of $20.0 million or approximately $23.0 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination, subject to a majority of our public stockholders voting in favor of the business combination and less than 30% of the public stockholders electing their conversion rights and subject to such deferred underwriting discount and commission having been paid to the underwriters. On release of funds from the trust account and after payment of the conversion price to any public stockholders who exercise their conversion rights, the underwriters will receive their deferred underwriting discounts and commissions, and the remaining funds will be released to us and can be used to pay all or a portion of the purchase price of the business or businesses with which our initial combination occurs. If the business combination is paid for using stock or debt securities, we may apply the cash released to us from the trust account to general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of acquired business or businesses, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in consummating our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies, or for working capital.

 

We expect that due diligence of prospective target businesses will be performed by some or all of the members of our management team and may include engaging market research firms and/or third party consultants. Members of our management team, or their affiliates or associates, will not receive, earn or be paid or awarded any compensation for their due diligence of prospective target businesses, but would be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses (such as travel expenses) incurred in connection with such due diligence activities. Our audit committee will review and approve all expense reimbursements made to our founders, sponsors, officers, directors and their respective affiliates and any expense reimbursements payable to members of our audit committee will be reviewed and approved by our board of directors, with the interested director or directors abstaining from such review and approval.

 

47


Table of Contents

We believe that amounts not held in the trust account as well as (i) the interest income earned on the trust account balance released to us to pay any tax obligations and (ii) interest income of up to $5.0 million, or approximately $5.8 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, earned on the trust account balance that may be released to us (so long as we have sufficient funds available to us to pay our tax obligations on such interest income or otherwise then due at that time) will, in the aggregate, be sufficient to pay the costs and expenses to which such proceeds are allocated. This belief is based on the fact that in-depth due diligence will be undertaken only after we have negotiated and signed a letter of intent or other preliminary agreement that addresses the terms of a business combination. Although we do not know the rate of interest to be earned on the trust account and are unable to predict an exact amount of time it will take to complete any initial business combination, we anticipate that, even at an interest rate of 2% per annum, the interest that will accrue on the trust account during the time it will take to identify a target and complete an acquisition will be sufficient to fund our working capital requirements. Given the limited amount of time it will take to generate $5.0 million, or approximately $5.8 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, of interest on the trust account, we anticipate receiving such interest income generally shortly after we incur working capital expenses. However, if our estimate of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating a business combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, or if interest payments are not available to fund expenses at the time we incur them, we may be required to raise additional capital, the amount, availability and cost of which is currently not ascertainable. In this event, we could seek such additional capital through loans or additional investments from members of our management team, but such members of our management team are not under any obligation to advance funds to, or invest in, us. To the extent that our expenses exceed the amounts not held in the trust account and the interest income of up to $5.0 million, or approximately $5.8 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, that may be released to us from the trust account, such out-of-pocket expenses could not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate an initial business combination. Our officers and directors may, as part of any such combination, negotiate the repayment of some or all of the out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them that have not been reimbursed by us prior to the closing of our initial business combination. If the owners of the target business do not agree to such repayment, this could cause our officers and directors to view such potential initial business combination unfavorably and result in a potential conflict of interest.

 

If we complete a business combination, the out-of-pocket expenses incurred by members of our management team prior to the business combination’s closing will become an obligation of the post-combination business, assuming these out- of-pocket expenses have not been reimbursed prior to the closing. These expenses would be a liability of the post-combination business and would be treated in a manner similar to any other account payable of the combined business. Members of our management team may, as part of any such combination, negotiate the repayment of some or all of any such expenses. If the target business’ owners do not agree to such repayment, this could cause our management team to view such potential business combination unfavorably and result in a conflict of interest.

 

To the extent that our capital stock is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect a business combination, the proceeds held in the trust account as well as any other net proceeds not expended will be used to finance the operations of the target business. Such working capital funds could be used in a variety of ways including continuing or expanding the target business’ operations, for strategic acquisitions and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products. Such funds could also be used to repay any operating expenses or finders’ fees which we had incurred prior to the completion of our business combination if the funds available to us outside of the trust account were insufficient to cover such expenses.

 

If we determine to engage the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on a formal basis, we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. The amount of any finder’s fees is typically negotiated between the parties and the payment of such finder’s fees is customarily tied to completion of a transaction. It is likely that such a fee in a transaction valued at approximately $500 million would exceed the

 

48


Table of Contents

funds allocated above. Accordingly, such a fee would need to be paid out of the funds held in the trust account upon consummation of the transaction.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, Eric J. Watson and Jonathan J. Ledecky have advanced to us an aggregate of $135,000 which was used to pay a portion of the expenses of this offering referenced in the line items above for the SEC registration fee, FINRA filing fee, the non-refundable portion of the American Stock Exchange fee and accounting and legal fees and expenses. These advances are non-interest bearing, unsecured and are due at the earlier of November 20, 2008 or the consummation of this offering. The loans will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering not being placed in the trust account.

 

The net proceeds of this offering not held in the trust account and not immediately required for the purposes set forth above will be invested only in Treasury Bills issued by the United States government having a maturity of 180 days or less. Interest income earned on the trust account balance released to us to pay any tax obligations and, in addition, interest income of up to $5.0 million, or approximately $5.8 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, earned on the trust account balance may be releasable to us from the trust account to fund a portion of our working capital requirements (so long as we have sufficient funds available to us to pay our tax obligations on such interest income or otherwise then due at that time).

 

No compensation of any kind (including finder’s and consulting fees) will be paid or awarded by us or a target business to or earned by members of our management team or any of their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination. However, members of our management team will receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with activities on our behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. To the extent that such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the trust account and interest income of up to $5.0 million, or approximately $5.8 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, that is released to us from the trust account (so long as we have sufficient funds available to us to pay our tax obligations on such interest income or otherwise then due at that time), such out-of-pocket expenses would not be reimbursed by us prior to our consummation of a business combination. In the event a business combination is consummated by us and irrespective of whether such persons remain associated with us, our audit committee and/or our board of directors may determine to reimburse such persons for such expenses. There is no limit on the amount of such expenses reimbursable by us to such persons. A public stockholder will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only in the event of our liquidation if we fail to complete a business combination within the allotted time or if the public stockholder seeks to convert such shares into cash in connection with a business combination that the public stockholder voted against and that we actually complete. In no other circumstances will a public stockholder have any right or interest of any kind in or to funds in the trust account.

 

On completion of our initial business combination, the underwriters will receive the deferred underwriters’ discounts and commissions held in the trust account. If we do not complete an initial business combination and the trustee must therefore distribute the balance in the trust account, the underwriters have agreed (i) on our liquidation to forfeit any rights or claims to the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions, including any accrued interest thereon, then in the trust account, and (ii) that the trustee is authorized to distribute the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions, together with any accrued interest thereon, net of income taxes payable on such interest, to the public stockholders on a pro rata basis.

 

49


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of a business combination. The payment of dividends in the future will depend on our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition after a business combination is completed. The payment of any dividends subsequent to a business combination will be within the discretion of our then-board of directors. It is the present intention of our board of directors to retain any earnings for use in our business operations and, accordingly, we do not anticipate our board declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

50


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

The difference between the public offering price per share of common stock, assuming no value is attributed to the warrants included in the units we are offering by this prospectus and the founders’ warrants and sponsors’ warrants, and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering constitutes the dilution to investors in this offering. Such calculation does not reflect any dilution associated with the sale and exercise of warrants, including the founders’ warrants and sponsors’ warrants. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our net tangible book value, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities (including the value of the shares of common stock which may be converted into cash), by the number of outstanding shares of common stock.

 

At November 30, 2007, our net tangible book value was a deficiency of $13,492, or approximately $(0.00) per share of common stock. After giving effect to the sale of 50,000,000 shares of common stock included in the units we are offering by this prospectus (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised and 1,875,000 founders’ units, representing 1,875,000 shares of founders’ common stock and 937,500 founders’ warrants, are forfeited by the founders), and the deduction of underwriting discounts and estimated expenses of this offering, and the sale of the sponsors’ warrants, our pro forma net tangible book value at November 30, 2007 would have been $322,549,018 or $6.79 per share, representing an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $6.79 per share to the founders and an immediate dilution of $3.21 per share or 32.1% to new investors not exercising their conversion rights. For purposes of presentation, our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering is approximately $146,774,990 less than it otherwise would have been because if we effect a business combination, the conversion rights to the public stockholders (but not our founders) may result in the conversion into cash of up to approximately 29.99% of the aggregate number of shares sold in this offering, or 14,999,999 shares, at a per-share conversion price equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the proposed business combination, inclusive of any interest, divided by the number of shares sold in this offering.

 

The following table illustrates the dilution to the new investors on a per-share basis, assuming no value is attributed to the warrants included in the units and the sponsors’ warrants:

 

Public offering price

           $ 10.00

Net tangible book value before this offering

   $ (0.00 )      

Increase attributable to new investors and sale of the sponsors’ warrants

     6.79        
    


     

Pro forma net tangible book value after this offering

             6.79
            

Dilution to new investors

           $ 3.21
            

 

The following table sets forth information with respect to our founders and the new investors:

 

     Shares Purchased

    Total Consideration

    Average
Price

Per Share

     Number

    Percentage

    Amount

   Percentage

   

Founders

   12,500,000 (1)   20.0 %   $ 25,000    0.01 %   $ 0.002

New investors

   50,000,000     80.0 %     500,000,000    99.99 %     10.00
    

 

 

  

 

     62,500,000     100.0 %   $ 500,025,000    100.00 %   $ 8.00
    

 

 

  

 


(1)   Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 1,875,000 founders’ units, each consisting of one share of common stock and one half of one warrant to purchase one share of common stock, have been forfeited by our founding stockholders as a result thereof.

 

51


Table of Contents

The pro forma net tangible book value after the offering is calculated as follows:

 

Numerator:

      

Net tangible book value before this offering

   (13,492 )

Net proceeds from this offering and sale of sponsors’ warrants

   469,300,000  

Offering costs excluded from net tangible book value before this offering

   37,500  

Less: Proceeds held in trust subject to conversion to cash(1)

   (146,774,990 )
    

     322,549,018  
    

Denominator:

      

Common stock outstanding prior to this offering(2)

   12,500,000  

Common stock included in the units offered

   50,000,000  

Less: Shares subject to conversion

   (14,999,999 )
    

     47,500,001  
    


(1)   Does not include the deduction for the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions (approximately $0.40 per share) which will be distributed to the underwriters on completion of our initial business combination.
(2)   Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 1,875,000 founders’ units, each consisting of one share of common stock and one half of one warrant, each whole warrant entitling the holder to purchase one share of common stock, have been forfeited by our founding stockholders as a result thereof.

 

52


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our capitalization at November 30, 2007 and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of our units the founders’ units, and the sponsors’ warrants and the application of the estimated net proceeds derived from the sale of such securities:

 

     November 30, 2007

 
   Actual

    As Adjusted(1)

 

Notes payable to stockholders(2)

   $ 125,000     $ —    
    


 


Common stock, -0- and 14,999,999 shares of which are subject to possible conversion at conversion value(3)

     —         146,774,990  
    


 


Stockholders’ equity:

                

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding

     —         —    

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 250,000,000 shares authorized; 14,375,000 shares issued and outstanding; 47,500,001 shares(4) issued and outstanding (excluding 14,999,999 shares subject to possible conversion), as adjusted

     1,438       4,750  

Additional paid-in capital

     23,562       322,545,260  

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (992 )     (992 )
    


 


Total stockholders’ equity

     24,008       322,549,018  
    


 


Total capitalization

     149,008       469,324,008  
    


 



(1)   Includes the $5.0 million we will receive from the sale of the sponsors’ warrants.
(2)   Notes payable to affiliates are comprised of promissory notes issued in the aggregate amount of $125,000 to Eric J. Watson and Jonathan J. Ledecky. The notes are non-interest bearing and are payable on the earlier of November 20, 2008 or the consummation of this offering.
(3)   If we consummate our initial business combination, the conversion rights afforded to our public stockholders may result in the conversion into cash of up to approximately 29.99% of the aggregate number of shares sold in this offering, or 14,999,999 shares, at a per-share conversion price equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (initially approximately $9.79 per share (or approximately $9.77 per share if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full)), including the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and including accrued interest, net of any interest previously released to us, as of two business days prior to the proposed consummation of our initial business combination divided by the number of shares sold in this offering.
(4)   Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 1,875,000 founders’ units, each consisting of one share of common stock and one half of one warrant, two of which will purchase one share of common stock, have been forfeited by our founders as a result thereof.

 

53


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Overview

 

We were formed on October 24, 2007 for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more operating businesses in the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry. We do not have any specific business combination under current consideration, and neither we, nor any representative acting on our behalf, has had any contacts with any target businesses regarding an initial business combination. To date, our efforts have been limited to organizational activities as well as activities related to this offering. We have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, contacted or been contacted by any prospective target business or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction. We intend to effect a business combination using cash from the proceeds of this offering, our capital stock, debt or a combination of cash, stock and debt. The issuance of additional shares of our stock in a business combination:

 

   

may significantly reduce the equity interest of our stockholders;

 

   

will likely cause a change in control if a substantial number of shares of our stock are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry-forwards, if any, and may also result in the resignation or removal of one or more of the present members of our management team; and

 

   

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock.

 

Similarly, debt securities issued by us in a business combination may result in:

 

   

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination were insufficient to pay our debt obligations;

 

   

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we have made all principal and interest payments when due if the debt security contained covenants requiring the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves and any such covenant was breached without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

 

   

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security was payable on demand; and

 

   

our inability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, if the debt security contained covenants restricting our ability to obtain additional financing while such debt security was outstanding.

 

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities since inception have been organizational activities and those necessary to prepare for this offering. Following this offering, we will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of a business combination. We will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents after this offering.

 

As indicated in the accompanying financial statements, at November 30, 2007, we had $112,508 in cash and a working capital deficiency of $13,492. Further, we have incurred expenses of $37,500, in connection with this offering, and expect to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of our financing and acquisition plans. Management’s plans to address this uncertainty through this offering are discussed above. We cannot assure you that our plans to raise capital or to consummate a business combination will be successful. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

54


Table of Contents

Results of Operations and Known Trends or Future Events

 

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities since inception have been organizational activities and those necessary to prepare for this offering and the concurrent private sale of the sponsors’ warrants. Following this offering, we will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of our initial business combination, at the earliest. We will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents after this offering. After this offering, we expect to incur increased expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses. We expect our expenses to increase substantially after the closing of this offering. Our primary liquidity requirements are listed in the third paragraph under the caption titled “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below.

 

We were formed to effect a merger, stock exchange, asset acquisition, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more operating businesses in the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry. Certain segments of the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry are highly speculative and historically have involved a substantial degree of risk. For example, the success of a particular film, video game, program or recreational attraction depends upon unpredictable and changing factors, including the success of promotional efforts, the availability of alternative forms of entertainment and leisure time activities, general economic conditions, public acceptance and other tangible and intangible factors, many of which are beyond our control. Furthermore, the recent strike by the Writers Guild of America and the slowdown of the U.S. economy has caused television and film companies to eliminate previously planned shows or movies in an effort to cut costs. These and other factors could affect our profitability and operations following a business combination.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Our liquidity needs have been satisfied to date through receipt of $25,000 from the sale of the founders’ units, and advances from Eric J. Watson and Jonathan J. Ledecky in an aggregate amount of $135,000 that is more fully described below. We estimate that the net proceeds from (i) the sale of the units in this offering, after deducting offering expenses of approximately $700,000 and underwriting discounts and commissions of $35.0 million (or approximately $40.3 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), and (ii) the sale of the sponsors’ warrants for a purchase price of $5.0 million, will be approximately $469.3 million (or approximately $539.0 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). Approximately $489.3 million (or approximately $562.0 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), will be held in the trust account, which includes $20.0 million (or approximately $23.0 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) of deferred underwriting discounts and commissions. The remaining $50,000 will not be held in trust.

 

We will use substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering to acquire one or more target businesses, including identifying and evaluating prospective target businesses, selecting one or more target businesses, and structuring, negotiating and consummating the business combination. To the extent we use our capital stock in whole or in part as consideration for a business combination, the proceeds held in the trust account (less amounts paid to any public stockholders who exercise their conversion rights, deferred underwriting discounts and commissions paid to the underwriters and any interest income previously released to us) as well as any other net proceeds not expended prior to that time will be used to finance the operations of the target business or businesses. The working capital funds could be used in a variety of ways including continuing or expanding the target business’ operations, for strategic acquisitions and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products. The funds could also be used to repay any operating expenses or finders’ fees which we had incurred prior to the completion of our business combination if the funds available to us outside of the trust account were insufficient to cover such expenses.

 

Following consummation of this offering, we believe the funds available to us outside of the trust account, together with (i) the interest income earned on the trust account balance that may be released to us to pay any tax

 

55


Table of Contents

obligations and (ii) interest income of up to $5.0 million, or approximately $5.8 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, on the balance of the trust account to be released to us for working capital requirements (so long as we have sufficient funds available to us to pay our tax obligations on such interest income or otherwise then due at that time), will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months, assuming a business combination is not completed during that time. We expect our primary liquidity requirements during that period to include approximately $1,500,000 for expenses for the due diligence and investigation of a target business or businesses; approximately $1,500,000 for legal, accounting and other expenses associated with structuring, negotiating and documenting an initial business combination; $180,000 for legal and accounting fees relating to our SEC reporting obligations; and approximately $1,870,000, or $2,620,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, for general working capital that will be used for miscellaneous expenses and reserves, including additional expenses that may be incurred by us in connection with this offering over and above the amounts listed in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds.” We anticipate that, even at an interest rate of 2% per annum, the interest that will accrue on the trust account during the time it will take to identify a target and complete an acquisition will be sufficient to fund our working capital requirements. Given the limited amount of time it will take to generate $5.0 million, or approximately $5.8 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, of interest on the trust account, we anticipate receiving such interest income generally shortly after we incur working capital expenses. However, if our estimate of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating an initial business combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, or if interest payments are not available to fund the expenses at the time we incur them, we may be required to raise additional capital, the amount, availability and cost of which is currently unascertainable.

 

We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds following this offering in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, we will rely on the funds available to us outside of the trust account and interest earned of up to $5.0 million, or approximately $5.8 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, on the trust account to fund such expenditures. If our estimates of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating an initial business combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our initial business combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to consummate our initial business combination with a target business or businesses having a collective fair market value substantially in excess of 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding deferred underwriting discounts and commissions) at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination or because we become obligated to convert into cash a significant number of shares of public stockholders voting against our initial business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. There are no limitations on our ability to incur debt or issue securities in order to consummate a business combination regardless of whether or not we are acquiring a target business or businesses having a collective fair market value substantially in excess of 80% of the balance in the trust account at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. Following our initial business combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.

 

56


Table of Contents

Related Party Transaction

 

Effective October 2007, our founders purchased 14,375,000 founders’ units, with each founders’ unit consisting of one founders’ share and one half of one founders’ warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, Eric J. Watson and Jonathan J. Ledecky have loaned us an aggregate of $135,000 for payment of offering expenses. These loans are non-interest bearing, unsecured and are due at the earlier of November 20, 2008 or the consummation of this offering. The loans will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering not placed in trust.

 

Eric J. Watson, Jonathan J. Ledecky and William Morris have committed to purchase 1,250,000, 1,250,000 and 2,500,000 sponsors’ warrants, respectively, for an aggregate of 5,000,000 sponsors’ warrants, at $1.00 per warrant (for a total purchase price of $5.0 million) from us. These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. If it is determined, at the time of the offering, that the fair value of the sponsors’ warrants exceeds the $1.00 purchase price, we would record compensation expense upon consummation of our initial business combination for the excess of the fair value of the warrants on the day of purchase over the $1.00 purchase price in accordance with SFAS 123(R).

 

57


Table of Contents

PROPOSED BUSINESS

 

Introduction

 

We are a recently organized Delaware blank check company formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more operating businesses in the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry. To date, our efforts have been limited to organizational activities as well as activities related to this offering. We do not have any specific initial business combination under consideration. We have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, contacted any prospective target business or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction.

 

The entertainment, media and/or publishing industry encompasses those companies which create, produce, deliver, own, distribute and/or market entertainment and information content, products and services. These companies serve both domestic and international audiences. The media and entertainment industry represents a large and expanding segment of the United States economy. According to PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, global media and entertainment industry spending reached $1.4 trillion in 2006 and is expected to increase to $2.0 trillion in 2011. The United States marketplace accounts for $582 billion, or 41%, of the $1.4 trillion in spending.

 

Growth in this industry has historically been driven by the introduction of new technologies and the expansion of domestic and international markets. The latter part of the 20th century witnessed the introduction and consumer acceptance of cable television, home video, video games and compact discs. The 1990s witnessed the emergence of additional products and improved delivery systems such as interactive multimedia entertainment software, simulator and virtual reality attractions and fiber optic cable. The beginning of the 21st century has witnessed even greater expansion as the emergence of next-generation technologies and the convergence of platforms have significantly strengthened growth opportunities for television distribution through direct broadcast satellite and digital cable, video games, Internet access and home video.

 

The market is also in transition as digital distribution is growing rapidly and now playing a more important role in the overall market but also creating a new medium. More than 40% of total media and entertainment growth during the next five years will be generated through online and wireless technologies facilitated by the expansion of these universes.

 

Among the areas of particular interest to the company are businesses engaged in:

 

   

broadcast television;

 

   

cable, satellite and terrestrial television content delivery;

 

   

film, television and video content production and distribution;

 

   

newspaper, book, magazine, and specialty publishing;

 

   

motion picture production and motion picture studies;

 

   

motion picture exhibition and related services;

 

   

broadcast and satellite radio;

 

   

digital media content and production;

 

   

professional sports team and/or professional sports league;

 

   

sports marketing and entertainment marketing agencies;

 

   

video game production and distribution;

 

   

Internet and mobile media production and distribution;

 

   

advertising agencies and other advertising services, including direct marketing and directories;

 

   

educational and training media services;

 

   

theme parks and amusement parks;

 

58


Table of Contents
   

casino and other regulated gaming;

 

   

recorded music, music publishing and other audio content production and distribution; and

 

   

live event entertainment and venue management.

 

Business Strategy

 

We have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses. We will use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating acquisition opportunities. However, we may decide to enter into an initial business combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria and guidelines.

 

   

Established Companies with Proven Track Records.    We will seek to acquire established companies with a history of strong operating and financial results.

 

   

Companies with Strong Free Cash Flow Characteristics.    We will seek to acquire companies that have a history of strong, stable free cash flow generation. We will focus on companies that have predictable, recurring revenue streams.

 

   

Strong Competitive Industry Position.    We will seek to acquire businesses that operate within the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry that have strong fundamentals. The factors we will consider include growth prospects, competitive dynamics and need for capital investment. We will focus on companies that have a leading market position. We will seek to acquire businesses that demonstrate advantages when compared to their competitors, which may help to protect their market position and profitability and deliver strong free cash flow.

 

   

Experienced Management Team.    We will seek to acquire businesses that have strong, experienced management teams. We will focus on management teams with a proven track record of driving revenue growth, enhancing profitability and generating strong free cash flow. We believe that the operating expertise of our founding shareholders will complement, not replace, the target’s management team. While it is possible that one or more of our officers or directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following a business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to a business combination.

 

Competitive Advantages

 

We believe we have the following competitive advantages over other entities with business objectives similar to ours:

 

Status as a public company

 

We believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to these types of target businesses. As an existing public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination. In this situation, the owners of the target business would exchange their shares of stock in the target business for shares of our stock. We believe target businesses will find this method a cheaper, quicker and more certain process to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. Once public, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital and additional means of incentivizing management consistent with stockholders’ interests. It can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

 

Financial position

 

With a trust account initially in the amount of approximately $489.3 million, we offer a target business a variety of options such as providing the owners of a target business with shares in a public company and a public

 

59


Table of Contents

means to sell such shares, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt ratio. Because we are able to consummate a business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires. However, if our business combination requires us to use substantially all of our cash to pay the purchase price, because we will not know how many stockholders may exercise such conversion rights, we may either need to reserve part of the trust account for possible payment upon their conversion, or we may need to arrange third party financing to help fund our business combination in case a larger percentage of stockholders exercise their conversion rights than we expect. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing. Accordingly, our flexibility in structuring a business combination will be subject to these contingencies.

 

Management Expertise

 

Eric J. Watson, our chairman of the board, and Jonathan J. Ledecky, our president, have substantial experience in identifying, acquiring and operating a wide variety of service businesses. Together, they have been personally involved in the formation of over 25 companies and such companies have made over 400 acquisitions. In all of these transactions, each of Messrs. Watson and Ledecky was involved, either directly or in a supervisory capacity, in searching for targets, conducting due diligence, negotiating the terms of the acquisitions and consummating such transactions. Additionally, John M. Mass, one of our directors, is a senior executive at William Morris, one of our stockholders, which as one of the world’s largest and preeminent diversified talent and literary agency actively represents clients in the worldwide entertainment, media and publishing industries, and has broad relationships with industry participants and knowledge of potential acquisition opportunities.

 

We will seek to acquire a business whose operations can be improved and enhanced with our capital resources and where there are substantial opportunities for both organic and acquisition growth. We intend to focus our search on businesses in the media, entertainment and/or publishing industries.

 

Effecting an Initial Business Combination

 

General

 

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time following this offering. We intend to utilize the cash proceeds of this offering and the private placement of the sponsors’ warrants, our capital stock, debt or a combination of the foregoing as the consideration to be paid in a business combination. While substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering and the private placement of the sponsors’ warrants are allocated to completing a business combination, the proceeds are not otherwise designated for more specific purposes. Accordingly, prospective investors will at the time of their investment in us not be provided an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of one or more target businesses. If we engage in a business combination with a target business using our capital stock and/or debt financing as the consideration to fund the combination, proceeds from this offering and the private placement of the sponsors’ warrants will then be used to undertake additional acquisitions or to fund the operations of the target business on a post-combination basis. We may engage in an initial business combination with a company that does not require significant additional capital but is seeking a public trading market for its shares, and which wants to merge with an already public company to avoid the uncertainties associated with undertaking its own public offering. These uncertainties include time delays, compliance and governance issues, significant expense, a possible loss of voting control, and the risk that market conditions will not be favorable for an initial public offering at the time the offering is ready to be sold. We may seek to effect an initial business combination with more than one target business, although our limited resources may serve as a practical limitation on our ability to do so.

 

We do not have any specific business combination under consideration and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, contacted or been contacted by any potential target business or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction. Additionally, we have not, nor have we engaged or

 

60


Table of Contents

retained any agent or other representative, to conduct any research or take any steps to identify, locate or contact any suitable acquisition candidate. We have also not contacted any of the prospective target businesses that Endeavor Acquisition Corp., Victory Acquisition Corp. or Triplecrown Acquisition Corp. contacted in connection with its search for a business combination and do not intend to do so unless the operations, profits or prospects of such target business improved significantly and we were made aware of such change. At this time, we do not anticipate this happening. We will also not consummate an initial business combination with any entity that our management has had discussions with regarding a possible business combination through their other business activities. We will also not enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with any of our officers, directors or founding stockholders or their affiliates, including (i) an entity that is either a portfolio company of, or has otherwise received a material financial investment from, any private equity fund or investment company (or an affiliate thereof) that is affiliated with such individuals, (ii) an entity in which such individuals or their affiliates are currently passive investors, (iii) an entity in which such individuals or their affiliates are currently officers or directors, or (iv) an entity in which such individuals or their affiliates are currently invested through an investment vehicle controlled by them.

 

Prior to completion of an initial business combination, we will seek to have all vendors, including lenders for money borrowed, prospective target businesses or other entities, which we refer to as potential contracted parties or a potential contracted party, that we engage execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders. In the event that a potential contracted party was to refuse to execute such a waiver, we will execute an agreement with that entity only if our management first determines that we would be unable to obtain, on a reasonable basis, substantially similar services or opportunities from another entity willing to execute such a waiver. Examples of instances where we may engage a third party that refused to execute a waiver would be the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or a situation in which management does not believe it would be able to find a provider of required services willing to provide the waiver. If a potential contracted party does not execute such a waiver, then Eric J. Watson and Jonathan J. Ledecky and William Morris will be liable, by means of direct payment to the trust account, to cover the potential claims made by such party for services rendered and goods sold, in each case to us, but only if, and to the extent, that the claims would otherwise reduce the trust account proceeds payable to our public stockholders in the event of a liquidation. However, if a potential contracted party executes a waiver, then Messrs. Watson and Ledecky and William Morris will have no liability as to any claimed amounts owed to a contracted party. Obtaining trust fund waivers from prospective target businesses and vendors, and the contractual commitments we have received from Messrs. Watson and Ledecky and William Morris discussed above, are the only actions we will take to ensure that the funds in the trust account are not depleted by claims against the trust. There is no guarantee that vendors, including lenders for money borrowed, prospective target businesses or other entities will execute such waivers or, even if they execute such waivers, that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility and other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to seek recourse against our assets, including funds in the trust account. Further, we could be subject to claims from parties not in contract with us who have not executed a waiver, such as a third party claiming tortious interference as a result of our initial business combination. Based on representations made to us by Messrs. Watson and Ledecky and William Morris, we currently believe that each of them has substantial means and each is capable of funding a shortfall of at least $500,000 in our trust account to satisfy their foreseeable indemnification obligations, but we have not asked them for any security or funds for such an eventuality. Despite our belief, we cannot assure you Messrs. Watson and Ledecky and William Morris will be able to satisfy those obligations. The indemnification obligations may be substantially higher than they currently foresee or expect and/or their financial resources may deteriorate in the future. As a result, the steps outlined above may not effectively mitigate the risk of creditors’ claims reducing the amounts in the trust account.

 

Subject to the requirement that a target business or businesses have a collective fair market value of at least 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding deferred underwriting discounts and commissions of

 

61


Table of Contents

$20.0 million or approximately $23.0 million if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination and operate in the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry, we have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting one or more prospective target businesses. Accordingly, there is no current basis for investors in this offering to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the target business with which we may ultimately complete a business combination. Although our management will assess the risks inherent in a particular target business with which we may combine, we cannot assure you that this assessment will result in our identifying all risks that a target business may encounter. Furthermore, some of those risks may be outside of our control, meaning that we can do nothing to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.

 

Sources of target businesses

 

We anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment bankers, venture capital funds, private equity funds, leveraged buyout funds, management buyout funds and other members of the financial community. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses they think we may be interested in on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read this prospectus and know what types of businesses we are targeting. We may pay a finder fee to such unaffiliated sources, in our discretion, whether or not we solicited them to bring target businesses to our attention. Our officers and directors, as well as their affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates that they become aware of through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. The underwriters in this offering may also introduce us to potential target businesses. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, including one or more of the underwriters, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to such entity to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. The amount of any finder’s fees is typically negotiated between the parties and the payment of such finder’s fees is customarily tied to completion of a transaction. It is likely that such a fee in a transaction valued at approximately $500 million would exceed the funds available to us prior to the consummation of a business combination. Accordingly, such a fee would need to be paid out of the funds held in the trust account at the consummation of the transaction. Although it is possible that we may pay finder’s fees in the case of an uncompleted transaction, we consider this possibility to be extremely remote. In no event, however, will any of our existing officers, directors or stockholders, or any entity with which they are affiliated, earn or be paid or awarded by us or a target business any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is) by us or by a target business. We will not enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with any of our officers, directors or founding stockholders or their affiliates, including (i) an entity that is either a portfolio company of, or has otherwise received a material financial investment from, any private equity fund or investment company (or an affiliate thereof) that is affiliated with such individuals, (ii) an entity in which such individuals or their affiliates are currently passive investors, (iii) an entity in which such individuals or their affiliates are currently officers or directors, or (iv) an entity in which such individuals or their affiliates are currently invested through an investment vehicle controlled by them.

 

Selection of a target business and structuring of a business combination

 

Subject to the requirement that our initial business combination be with one or more target businesses with a collective fair market value that is at least 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding deferred underwriting discounts and commissions of $20.0 million or approximately $23.0 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination and operate in the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective target business.

 

62


Table of Contents

We have not established any other specific attributes or criteria (financial or otherwise) for prospective target businesses. In evaluating a prospective target business, our management may consider a variety of factors, including one or more of the following:

 

   

expected returns on investment relative to the aggregate consideration expected to be paid in a business combination;

 

   

financial condition and results of operations;

 

   

growth potential;

 

   

brand recognition and potential;

 

   

experience and skill of management and availability of additional personnel;

 

   

capital requirements;

 

   

stage of development of the business and its products or services;

 

   

degree of current or potential market acceptance of the products or services;

 

   

proprietary aspects of products and the extent of intellectual property or other protection for products or formulas;

 

   

impact of regulation on the business;

 

   

regulatory environment of the industry; and

 

   

costs associated with effecting the business combination.

 

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on the above factors as well as other considerations deemed relevant by our management to our business objective. In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct an extensive due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, interviews of customers and suppliers, inspection of facilities, as well as review of financial and other information which will be made available to us.

 

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete the business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which a business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination. We will not, nor will a target business, pay or award any finders’ or consulting fees to nor will any be earned by members of our management team, or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered to or in connection with an initial business combination.

 

Fair market value of target business or businesses

 

The initial target business or businesses with which we combine must have a collective fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding deferred underwriting discounts and commissions of $20.0 million, or approximately $23.0 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. If we acquire less than 100% of one or more target businesses in our initial business combination, the aggregate fair market value of the portion or portions we acquire must equal at least 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding deferred underwriting discounts and commissions as described above) at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. However, we will always acquire at least a controlling interest in a target business (typically meaning more than 50% of the voting securities of the target business). The fair market value of a portion of a target business will likely be calculated by multiplying the fair market value of the entire business by the percentage of the target we acquire. We may

 

63


Table of Contents

seek to consummate a business combination with an initial target business or businesses with a collective fair market value in excess of 80% of the balance in the trust account at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. In order to consummate such a business combination, we may issue a significant amount of our debt or equity securities to the sellers of such business and/or seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities. There are no limitations on our ability to incur debt or issue securities in order to consummate a business combination. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not entered into any such arrangement to issue our debt or equity securities and have no current intention of doing so.

 

In contrast to many other companies with business plans similar to ours that must combine with one or more target businesses that have a fair market value equal to 80% or more of the acquirer’s net assets, we will not combine with a target business or businesses unless the fair market value of such entity or entities meets a minimum valuation threshold of 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding deferred underwriting discounts and commissions of $20.0 million, or approximately $23.0 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. We have used this criterion to provide investors and our management team with greater certainty as to the fair market value that a target business or businesses must have in order to qualify for a business combination with us. The determination of net assets requires an acquirer to have deducted all liabilities from total assets to arrive at the balance of net assets. Given the on-going nature of legal, accounting, stockholder meeting and other expenses that will be incurred immediately before and at the time of a business combination, the balance of an acquirer’s total liabilities may be difficult to ascertain at a particular point in time with a high degree of certainty. Accordingly, we have determined to use the valuation threshold of 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding deferred underwriting discounts and commissions of $20.0 million, or approximately $23.0 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination for the fair market value of the target business or businesses with which we combine so that our management team will have greater certainty when selecting, and our investors will have greater certainty when voting to approve or disapprove a proposed combination with, a target business or businesses that will meet the minimum valuation criterion for our initial business combination.

 

The fair market value of a target business or businesses will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, the values of comparable businesses, earnings and cash flow and/or book value). If our board is not able to independently determine that the target business has a sufficient fair market value to meet the threshold criterion, we will obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated, independent investment banking firm which is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority with respect to the satisfaction of such criterion. We expect that any such opinion would be included in our proxy soliciting materials furnished to our stockholders in connection with a business combination, and that such independent investment banking firm will be a consenting expert. As the opinion will be addressed to our Board of Directors for their use in evaluating the transaction, we do not anticipate that our stockholders will be entitled to rely on such opinion, in which case we would provide support for such a determination in our proxy soliciting materials. However, as the opinion will be attached to, and thoroughly described in, our proxy soliciting materials, we believe investors will be provided with sufficient information in order to allow them to properly analyze the transaction because investors will still have the benefit of reading a copy of the opinion and all the supporting facts surrounding the conclusion set forth in the opinion. Accordingly, whether the independent investment banking firm allows stockholders to rely on their opinion will not be a factor in determining which firm to hire. We will not be required to obtain an opinion from an investment banking firm as to the fair market value of the business if our board of directors independently determines that the target business or businesses has sufficient fair market value to meet the threshold criterion.

 

Lack of business diversification

 

While we may seek to effect business combinations with more than one target business, our initial business combination must be with one or more target businesses whose collective fair market value is at least equal to

 

64


Table of Contents

80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding deferred underwriting discounts and commissions of $20.0 million, or approximately $23.0 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination, as discussed above. Consequently, we expect to complete only a single business combination, although this may entail a simultaneous combination with several operating businesses at the same time. At the time of our initial business combination, we may not be able to acquire more than one target business because of various factors, including complex accounting or financial reporting issues. For example, we may need to present pro forma financial statements reflecting the operations of several target businesses as if they had been combined historically.

 

A simultaneous combination with several target businesses also presents logistical issues such as the need to coordinate the timing of negotiations, proxy statement disclosure and closings. In addition, if conditions to closings with respect to one or more of the target businesses are not satisfied, the fair market value of the businesses, collectively, could fall below the required fair market value threshold of 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding deferred underwriting discounts and commissions of $20.0 million, or approximately $23.0 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination.

 

Accordingly, while it is possible that we may attempt to effect our initial business combination with more than one target business, we are more likely to choose a single target business if all other factors appear equal. This means that for an indefinite period of time, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. By consummating a business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after a business combination.

 

If we complete a business combination structured as a merger in which the consideration is our stock, we would have a significant amount of cash available to make add-on acquisitions following our initial business combination.

 

Limited ability to evaluate the target business’ management

 

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting a business combination with that business, we cannot assure you that our assessment of the target business’ management will prove to be correct. In addition, we cannot assure you that the future management will have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. While it is possible that one or more of our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following a business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to a business combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our management team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

 

Following an initial business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

 

Opportunity for stockholder approval of business combination

 

Prior to the completion of an initial business combination, we will submit the transaction to our stockholders for approval, regardless of the type of transaction it is, even if the nature of the acquisition is such as would not ordinarily require stockholder approval under applicable state law.

 

65


Table of Contents

In connection with seeking stockholder approval of a business combination, we will furnish our stockholders with proxy solicitation materials prepared in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which, among other matters, will include a description of the operations of the target business and audited historical financial statements of the business.

 

In connection with the vote required for any business combination, all of our founders, including all of our officers and directors, have agreed to vote their founders’ common stock (i) in accordance with the majority of the shares of common stock voted by the public stockholders and (ii) in favor of our dissolution and liquidation in the event that we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months or 30 months from the date of this prospectus, as applicable. Our founders have also agreed that they will vote any shares they purchase in the open market in, or after, this offering (i) in favor of a business combination and (ii) in favor of our dissolution and liquidation in the event that we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months or 30 months from the date of this prospectus, as applicable. Thus, additional purchases of shares of common stock by our existing stockholders, including our officers or directors, would likely allow them to exert additional influence over the approval of our initial business combination. The factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our common stock. Another factor that would be taken into consideration would be that any such additional purchases would likely increase the chances that our initial business combination would be approved. We will proceed with the business combination only if a majority of the shares of common stock voted by the public stockholders are voted in favor of the business combination and public stockholders owning less than 30% of the shares sold in this offering both vote against the business combination and exercise their conversion rights. In addition, if within 90 days before the expiration of the 24- or 30-month period, as the case may be, we seek approval from our stockholders to consummate a business combination, we expect that the proxy statement related to such business combination will also seek stockholder approval for our board’s recommended dissolution and plan of distribution in the event our stockholders do not approve such business combination or if such business combination is not consummated for other reasons.

 

Conversion rights

 

At the time we seek stockholder approval of any business combination, we will offer each public stockholder the right to have their shares of common stock converted to cash if the stockholder votes against the business combination and the business combination is approved and completed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of his or any other person with whom he is acting in concert or as a “group” will be restricted from seeking conversion rights with respect to more than 10% of the shares sold in this offering. Such a public stockholder would still be entitled to vote against a proposed business combination with respect to all shares owned by him or his affiliates. We believe this restriction will deter stockholders from accumulating large blocks of stock before the meeting held to approve a proposed business combination and threatening to exercise their conversion right as a means to force us or our management to purchase their stock at a significant premium to the then current market price. Absent this provision, a public stockholder who owns more than 10% of the shares sold in this offering could threaten to vote against a proposed business combination and seek conversion of all of its shares, regardless of the merits of the transaction, if, for example, its shares are not purchased by us or our management at a premium to the then current market price. By eliminating a stockholder’s ability to convert more than 10% of the shares sold in this offering, we believe we will deter these stockholders from threatening to block a transaction which is favored by a majority of our other public stockholders.

 

Our founders will not have conversion rights with respect to any shares of common stock owned by them, directly or indirectly, whether included in the founders’ units or purchased by them in this offering or in the aftermarket. The actual per-share conversion price will be equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, before payment of deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and including accrued interest, net of any interest income on the trust account balance previously released to us to pay our tax obligations and net of interest income of up to $5.0 million, or approximately $5.8 million if the underwriters’

 

66


Table of Contents

over-allotment option is exercised in full, previously released to us to fund our working capital requirements (calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the proposed business combination), divided by the number of shares sold in this offering. The initial per-share conversion price would be approximately $9.79 (or approximately $9.77 per share if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), or $0.21 less than the per-unit offering price of $10.00 ($0.23 less if the underwriters’ over-allotment is exercised in full).

 

An eligible stockholder may request conversion at any time after the mailing to our stockholders of the proxy statement and prior to the vote taken with respect to a proposed business combination at a meeting held for that purpose, but the request will not be granted unless the stockholder votes against the business combination and the business combination is approved and completed. Additionally, we may require public stockholders, whether they are a record holder or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent at any time through the vote on the business combination or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option. The proxy solicitation materials that we will furnish to stockholders in connection with the vote for any proposed business combination will indicate whether we are requiring stockholders to satisfy such certification and delivery requirements. Accordingly, a stockholder would have from the time we send out our proxy statement through the vote on the business combination to tender his shares if he wishes to seek to exercise his conversion rights. This time period varies depending on the specific facts of each transaction. However, as the delivery process can be accomplished by the stockholder, whether or not he is a record holder or his shares are held in “street name,” in a matter of hours by simply contacting the transfer agent or his broker and requesting delivery of his shares through the DWAC System, we believe this time period is sufficient for an average investor. However, because we do not have control over this process, it may take significantly longer than we anticipated. Accordingly, we will only require stockholders to deliver their certificate prior to the vote if we give stockholders at least two weeks between the mailing of the proxy solicitation materials and the meeting date. Traditionally, in order to perfect conversion rights in connection with a blank check company’s business combination, a holder could simply vote against a proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to convert. After the business combination was approved, the company would contact such stockholder to arrange for him to deliver his certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the stockholder then had an “option window” after the consummation of the business combination during which he could monitor the price of the stock in the market. If the price rose above the conversion price, he could sell his shares in the open market before actually delivering his shares to the company for cancellation. Thus, the conversion right, to which stockholders were aware they needed to commit before the stockholder meeting, would become a continuing right surviving past the consummation of the business combination until the converting holder delivered his certificate for conversion. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the meeting would be imposed to ensure that a converting holder’s election to convert is irrevocable once the business combination is approved.

 

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC system. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $35 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the converting holder. Accordingly, if a stockholder holds only a few shares of common stock, this fee may make seeking conversion less beneficial to such stockholder than selling his shares in the open market depending on the then current trading price of our common stock. The fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise conversion rights to tender their shares prior to the meeting—the need to deliver shares is a requirement of conversion regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated. However, if a proposed business combination is ultimately rejected and we are unable to complete another business combination, such fee would have been incurred unnecessarily.

 

If a stockholder votes against the business combination but fails to properly exercise its conversion rights, such stockholder will not have its shares of common stock converted to its pro rata distribution of the trust account. Any request for conversion, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the date of the meeting. Furthermore, if a stockholder delivers his certificate for conversion and subsequently decides prior to the meeting

 

67


Table of Contents

not to elect conversion, he may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to stockholders entitled to convert their shares who elect conversion will be distributed promptly after completion of our initial business combination. Public stockholders who convert their stock into their pro rata share of the trust account will still have the right to exercise any warrants they still hold.

 

We will not complete our proposed initial business combination if public stockholders owning 30% or more of the shares included in the units sold in this offering exercise their conversion rights. We will not increase or decrease the conversion threshold prior to the consummation of our initial business combination. We have set the conversion percentage at 30% in order to reduce the likelihood that a small group of investors holding a block of our stock will be able to stop us from completing a business combination that may otherwise be approved by a large majority of our public stockholders. The initial conversion price will be approximately $9.79 per share (or approximately $9.77 per share if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). As this amount is lower than the $10.00 per unit offering price and it may be less than the market price of the common stock on the date of conversion, there may be a disincentive on the part of public stockholders to exercise their conversion rights.

 

If a vote on an initial business combination is held and the business combination is not approved, we may continue to try to consummate an initial business combination with a different target until 24 months from the consummation of this offering (or 30 months if the extension criteria described above is satisfied). If the initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then public stockholders voting against our initial business combination who exercised their conversion rights would not be entitled to convert their shares of common stock into a pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account. In such case, if we have required public stockholders to tender their certificates prior to the meeting, we will promptly return such certificates to the tendering public stockholder. Public stockholders would be entitled to receive their pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the trust account only in the event that the initial business combination they voted against was duly approved and subsequently completed, or in connection with our liquidation.

 

Liquidation if no business combination

 

If we do not complete a business combination within 24 months from the date of this prospectus, or within 30 months if the extension criteria described below have been satisfied, we will seek stockholder approval to dissolve and as promptly as practicable liquidate all funds from our trust account only to our public stockholders, as part of our dissolution and plan of distribution and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, including our obligations under the Delaware General Corporation Law to provide for claims of creditors. The liquidating distribution to public stockholders will consist of an aggregate sum equal to the amount in the trust fund, inclusive of any interest not previously released to us less the amount of taxes paid, if any, on interest earned and will be made in proportion to our public stockholders’ respective equity interests. In the event we seek stockholder approval for our dissolution and plan of distribution and do not obtain such approval, we will nonetheless continue to pursue stockholder approval for our dissolution. Pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, it is intended that our powers following the expiration of the permitted time periods for consummating a business combination will automatically thereafter be limited to acts and activities relating to dissolving and winding up our affairs, including liquidation. Pursuant to the trust agreement governing such funds, the funds held in our trust account may not be distributed except upon our dissolution and, unless and until such approval is obtained from our stockholders, the funds held in our trust account will not be released (other than in connection with the funding of working capital, a conversion or a business combination as described elsewhere in this prospectus). Consequently, holders of a majority of our outstanding stock must approve our dissolution in order to receive the funds held in our trust account and, other than in connection with a conversion or a business combination, the funds will not be available for any other corporate purpose. As promptly as practicable upon the later to occur of (i) the approval by our stockholders of our plan of distribution or (ii) the effective date of such approved plan of distribution, we will liquidate our trust account to our public stockholders. Concurrently, we shall pay, or reserve for payment, from interest released to

 

68


Table of Contents

us from the trust account if available, our liabilities and obligations. As more fully described below, each of Messrs. Watson and Ledecky and William Morris has agreed that, if we dissolve prior to the consummation of a business combination, they will be liable to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced by such liabilities and obligations.

 

Each of our founders has agreed to waive its rights to participate in any liquidation of our trust account or other assets with respect to its founders’ common stock and to vote their founders’ common stock in favor of any dissolution and plan of distribution which we submit to a vote of stockholders. There will be no distribution from the trust account with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we are liquidated.

 

If we are unable to complete an initial business combination and expend all of the net proceeds of this offering, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the initial per-share liquidation price would be $9.79, or $0.21 less than the per-unit offering price of $10.00 (or $9.77, or $0.23 less than the per-unit offering price of $10.00 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). The per share liquidation price includes $20.0 million in deferred underwriting discounts and commissions (or approximately $23.0 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) that would also be distributable to our public stockholders.

 

The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would be prior to the claims of our public stockholders. Although we will seek to have all vendors, including lenders for money borrowed, prospective target businesses or other entities we engage execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refused to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, we would perform an analysis of the alternatives available to us if we chose not to engage such third party and evaluate if such engagement would be in the best interest of our stockholders if such third party refused to waive such claims. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refused to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a provider of required services willing to provide the waiver. In any event, our management would perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and would only enter into an agreement with a third party that did not execute a waiver if management believed that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason.

 

Each of Messrs. Watson and Ledecky and William Morris has agreed that, if we dissolve prior to the consummation of a business combination, they will indemnify us, by means of direct payment to the trust account, for any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense which we may become subject to as a result of a claim by any vendor, prospective target business, lender or other entity that is owed money by us for services rendered or products sold but only to the extent necessary to ensure that such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense does not reduce the amount of funds held in the trust account. Furthermore, Messrs. Watson and Ledecky and William Morris will not have any liability as to any claimed amounts owed to a third party who executed a waiver. Based on representations made to us by Messrs. Watson and Ledecky and William Morris, we believe that they are each of substantial means and capable of funding their indemnity obligations, even though we have not asked them to reserve funds for such an eventuality. However, we cannot assure you that Messrs. Watson or Ledecky or William Morris will be able to satisfy those obligations. Our audit committee will not be periodically reviewing any evidence that such individual has sufficient net liquid assets to indemnify us.

 

69


Table of Contents

Accordingly, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to claims which could take priority over those of our public stockholders and, as a result, the per-share liquidation amount would be less than $9.79 due to such claims.

 

If we enter into either a definitive agreement to complete an initial business combination prior to the expiration of 24 months from the date of this prospectus, but are unable to complete the business combination within the 24-month period, then we will have an additional six months in which to complete the business combination contemplated by the definitive agreement. If we are unable to do so by the expiration of the 30-month period from the consummation of this offering, we will seek stockholder approval to dissolve and liquidate as described in the first paragraph of this subsection. Upon notice from us, the trustee of the trust account will commence liquidating the investments constituting the trust account and will distribute the funds to our public stockholders. Our instruction to the trustee will be given promptly after the later to occur of (i) the approval by our stockholders of our dissolution and plan of distribution or (ii) the effective date of such approved dissolution and plan of distribution.

 

Our public stockholders shall be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only in the event of our dissolution or if the stockholders seek to have us convert their respective shares for cash upon a business combination which the stockholder voted against and which is actually completed by us. In no other circumstances shall a stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account.

 

If the corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the Delaware General Corporation Law intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and we apply to the Court of Chancery for approval of such reasonable provisions of claims, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred if a proceeding with respect to such claim is not brought by the third anniversary of the dissolution (or such longer period directed by the Delaware Court of Chancery). Although we will seek stockholder approval for our dissolution and plan of distribution providing for the liquidation of the trust account to our public stockholders, we do not intend to comply with the procedures set forth in Section 280 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Because we will not be complying with Section 280, we will seek stockholder approval of a plan of distribution complying with Section 281(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law that will reasonably provide for our payment, based on facts known to us at such time, of (i) all existing claims, including those that are contingent, (ii) all pending proceedings to which we are a party and (iii) all claims that may be potentially brought against us within the subsequent 10 years. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors that we engage after the consummation of this offering or potential target businesses. As described above, we intend to have all vendors, including lenders for money borrowed, that we engage after the consummation of this offering, prospective target businesses and other entities execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account.

 

Additionally, if we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us which is not dismissed, the funds held in our trust account will be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our public stockholders. To the extent bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return to our public stockholders the liquidation amounts due them.

 

We expect that all costs associated with the implementation and completion of our dissolution and plan of distribution (currently estimated to be between $75,000 and $125,000 if not done in connection with a stockholder vote with respect to a potential business combination) as well as funds for payments to creditors, if any, will be funded by the interest earned on the trust account released to us, although we cannot give you assurances that there will be sufficient funds for such purposes.

 

70


Table of Contents

We currently believe that any dissolution and plan of distribution in connection with to the expiration of the 24- and 30-month deadlines would proceed in approximately the following manner:

 

   

prior to such deadline, our board of directors will, consistent with its obligations described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Delaware law, consider a resolution for us to dissolve and consider a plan of distribution which it may then vote to recommend to our stockholders; at such time it will also cause to be prepared a preliminary proxy statement setting out such plan of distribution as well as the board’s recommendation of such plan;

 

   

upon such deadline, we would file our preliminary proxy statement with the SEC;

 

   

if the SEC does not review the preliminary proxy statement, then, 10 days following the passing of such deadline, we will mail a definitive proxy statement to our stockholders, and 30 days following the passing of such deadline we will convene a meeting of our stockholders, at which they will either approve or reject our dissolution and plan of distribution; and

 

   

if the SEC does review the preliminary proxy statement, we currently estimate that we will receive their comments 30 days following the passing of such deadline. We will mail a definitive proxy statement to our stockholders following the conclusion of the comment and review process (the length of which we cannot predict with any certainty, and which may be substantial) and we will convene a meeting of our stockholders at which they will either approve or reject our dissolution and plan of distribution.

 

In the event we seek stockholder approval for a plan of distribution and do not obtain such approval, we will nonetheless continue to pursue stockholder approval for our dissolution. Pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, it is intended that our powers following the expiration of the permitted time periods for consummating a business combination will automatically thereafter be limited to acts and activities relating to dissolving and winding up our affairs, including liquidation. If no proxy statement seeking the approval of our stockholders for a business combination has been filed 60 days prior to the date which is 24 months from the consummation of this offering (or 60 days prior to the date which is 30 months from the consummation of this offering if a definitive agreement has been executed within 24 months after consummation of this offering and the business combination has not yet been consummated within such 24-month period), we expect that our board will, prior to such date, convene, adopt and recommend to our stockholders a plan of dissolution and distribution, and on such date file a proxy statement with the SEC seeking stockholder approval for such plan. Pursuant to the trust agreement governing such funds, the funds held in our trust account may not be distributed except upon our dissolution and, unless and until such approval is obtained from our stockholders, the funds held in our trust account will not be released (other than in connection with the funding of working capital, a redemption or a business combination as described elsewhere in this prospectus). Consequently, holders of a majority of our outstanding stock must approve our dissolution in order to receive the funds held in our trust account and the funds will not be available for any other corporate purpose other than with respect to redemption and a business combination.

 

Amended and restated certificate of incorporation

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation sets forth certain requirements and restrictions relating to this offering that apply to us until the consummation of a business combination and that may not be amended prior to the consummation of such a business consummation. Accordingly, there is no specific percentage of public stockholders that would allow for such provisions to be amended.

 

Specifically, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides, among other things, that:

 

   

prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, we shall submit such business combination to our stockholders for approval regardless of the type of transaction it is, even if the nature of the acquisition is such as would not ordinarily require stockholder approval under applicable state law;

 

   

we may consummate the business combination only if approved by a majority of the shares of common stock voted by our public stockholders at a duly held stockholders meeting, and public stockholders

 

71


Table of Contents
 

owning less than 30% of the shares sold in this offering vote against the business combination exercise their conversion rights;

 

   

if a business combination is approved and consummated, public stockholders who voted against the business combination and exercised their conversion rights will receive their pro rata share of the trust account;

 

   

a business combination is not consummated or a definitive agreement is not signed within the time periods specified in this prospectus, then it is intended that our purpose and powers will be limited to dissolving, liquidating and winding up; provided, however, that we will reserve our rights under Section 278 of the Delaware General Corporation Law to bring or defend any action, suit or proceeding brought by or against us;

 

   

our management take all actions necessary to liquidate our trust account to our public stockholders as part of our plan of distribution if a business combination is not consummated or a definitive agreement is not signed within the time periods specified in this prospectus;

 

   

our stockholders’ rights to receive a portion of the trust fund are limited such that they may only receive a portion of the trust fund upon liquidation of our trust account to our public stockholders as part of our plan of distribution or upon the exercise of their conversion rights; and

 

   

these provisions relating to the initial business combination may not be amended prior to the consummation of the initial business combination.

 

We view these provisions, which are contained in Article Sixth of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as obligations to our stockholders and will not take any action to amend or waive these provisions.

 

Competition

 

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for a business combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than us. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore:

 

   

our obligation to seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination or obtain necessary financial information may delay the completion of a transaction;

 

   

our obligation to convert into cash up to 30% of our shares of common stock held by our public stockholders who vote against the business combination and exercise their conversion rights may reduce the resources available to us for a business combination;

 

   

our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses; and

 

   

the requirement to acquire an operating business that has a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the trust account at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination (excluding deferred underwriting discounts and commissions of $20.0 million, or approximately $23.0 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) could require us to acquire the assets of several operating businesses at the same time, all of which sales would be contingent on the closings of the other sales, which could make it more difficult to consummate the business combination.

 

Any of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination.

 

72


Table of Contents

Facilities

 

We currently maintain our executive offices at 970 West Broadway, PMB 402, Jackson, Wyoming 83001. Jonathan J. Ledecky, our president and secretary, is providing this space to us at no charge. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

 

Employees

 

We currently have two executive officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters and intend to devote only as much time as they deem necessary to our affairs. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for the business combination and the stage of the business combination process the company is in. Accordingly, once management locates a suitable target business to acquire, they will spend more time investigating such target business and negotiating and processing the business combination (and consequently spend more time on our affairs) than they would prior to locating a suitable target business. We presently expect each of Eric J. Watson and Jonathan J. Ledecky to devote at least 10 hours per week to our business, the same number each has promised to devote to each of Victory Acquisition Corp., Triplecrown Acquisition Corp., Endeavour International Acquisition Corp. and Grand Slam Acquisition Corp., and John M. Mass to devote at least 10 hours per week to our business. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the consummation of our initial business combination.

 

Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

 

We have registered our units, common stock and warrants under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, our annual reports will contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.

 

We will provide stockholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the proxy solicitation materials sent to stockholders to assist them in assessing the target business. In all likelihood, these financial statements will need to be prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have financial statements prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles or that the potential target business will be able to prepare its financial statements in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles. To the extent that this requirement cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business. While this may limit the pool of potential acquisition candidates, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.

 

We may be required to have our internal control procedures audited for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. A target company may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

 

73


Table of Contents

Comparison of This Offering to Those Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419

 

The following table compares the terms of this offering to the terms of an offering by a blank check company subject to the provisions of Rule 419. This comparison assumes that the gross proceeds, underwriting commissions and underwriting expenses of our offering would be identical to those of an offering undertaken by a company subject to Rule 419. None of the provisions of Rule 419 apply to our offering.

 

    

Terms of Our Offering


  

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering


Escrow of offering proceeds    Approximately $489.3 million of the net offering proceeds, including the $5.0 million net proceeds from the sale of the sponsors’ warrants and approximately $20.0 million in deferred underwriting discounts and commissions, will be deposited into a trust account at JP Morgan Chase NY Bank maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee.    Approximately $418.5 million of the offering proceeds would be required to be deposited into either an escrow account with an insured depositary institution or in a separate bank account established by a broker-dealer in which the broker-dealer acts as trustee for persons having the beneficial interests in the account.
Investment of net proceeds    Approximately $489.3 million of the net offering proceeds, including the $5.0 million net proceeds from the sale of the sponsors’ warrants and approximately $20.0 million in deferred underwriting discounts and commissions, held in trust will only be invested in Treasury Bill issued by the United States government with a maturity of 180 days or less.    Proceeds could be invested only in specified securities such as a money market fund meeting conditions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 or insecurities that are direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by, the United States.
Receipt of interest on escrowed funds    Interest on proceeds from trust account to be paid to stockholders is reduced by (i) any taxes paid or due on the interest generated and then (ii) up to $5.0 million, or approximately $5.8 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, that can be used for working capital purposes.    Interest on funds in escrow account would be held for the sole benefit of investors, unless and only after the funds held in escrow were released to us in connection with our consummation of a business combination.
Limitation on fair value or net assets of target business    The initial target business that we acquire must have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding deferred underwriting discounts and commissions) at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. If we acquire less than 100% of one or more target businesses in our initial business combination, the aggregate fair market value of the portion or portions we acquire must equal at least 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding    The fair value or net assets of a target business must represent at least 80% of the maximum offering proceeds.

 

74


Table of Contents
    

Terms of Our Offering


  

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering


     deferred underwriting discounts and commissions as described above) at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. The fair market value of a portion of a target business will be calculated by multiplying the fair market value of the entire business by the percentage of the target business we acquire.     
Trading of securities issued    The units may commence trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The common stock and warrants comprising the units will begin to trade separately on the 35th day after the date of this prospectus unless Citigroup Global Markets Inc. informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, provided we have filed with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K, which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the proceeds of this offering, including any proceeds we receive from the exercise of the over-allotment option, if such option is exercised prior to the filing of the Current Report on Form 8-K. If the over- allotment option is exercised after our initial filing of a Form 8-K, we will file an amendment to the Form 8-K to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise and consummation of the over-allotment option. We will also include in this Form 8-K, an amendment thereto, or in a subsequent Form 8-K, information indicating if Citigroup Global Markets Inc. has allowed separate trading of the common stock and warrants prior to the 35th day after the date of this prospectus and issue a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin.    No trading of the units or the underlying common stock and warrants would be permitted until the completion of a business combination. During this period, the securities would be held in the escrow or trust account.
Exercise of the warrants    The warrants cannot be exercised until the later of the completion of a business combination or one year from the date of this prospectus (assuming in each case that there is an effective registration statement covering the shares of common stock underlying the warrants in effect) and, accordingly, will only be exercised after the trust account has been terminated and distributed.    The warrants could be exercised prior to the completion of a business combination, but securities received and cash paid in connection with the exercise would be deposited in the escrow or trust account.

 

75


Table of Contents
    

Terms of Our Offering


  

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering


Election to remain an investor    Stockholders will have the opportunity to vote on any proposed initial business combination. Each stockholder will be sent a proxy statement containing information required by the SEC. A stockholder following the procedures described in this prospectus is given the right with respect to any proposed initial business combination to convert his, her or its shares into a pro rata share of the trust account, including deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and including accrued interest, net of (i) any interest income previously released to us to pay our tax obligations and (ii) interest income of up to $5.0 million, or approximately $5.8 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, previously released to us to fund our working capital requirements (as long as we have sufficient funds available to pay our tax obligations on such interest income or otherwise then due at that time). However, a stockholder who does not follow these procedures or a stockholder who does not take any action would not be entitled to the return of any funds from the trust account.    A prospectus containing information required by the SEC would be sent to each investor. Each investor would be given the opportunity to notify the company in writing, within a period of no less than 20 business days and no more than 45 business days from the effective date of a post-effective amendment to the company’s registration statement, to decide if he, she or it elects to remain a stockholder of the company or require the return of his, her or its investment. If the company has not received the notification by the end of the 45th business day, funds and interest or dividends, if any, held in the trust or escrow account are automatically returned to the stockholder. Unless a sufficient number of investors elect to remain investors, all funds on deposit in the escrow account must be returned to all of the investors and none of the securities are issued.
Business combination deadline    Our initial business combination must occur within 24 months from the date of this prospectus or within 30 months from the date of this prospectus if a definitive agreement relating to a prospective business combination is executed before the 24- month period ends; if our initial business combination does not occur within these time frames and we are dissolved as described herein, funds held in the trust account, including deferred underwriting discounts and commissions, will be returned to investors as promptly as practicable, including accrued interest then held in the trust account.    If an acquisition has not been consummated within 18 months after the effective date of the company’s registration statement, funds held in the trust or escrow account are returned to investors.
Release of funds    Except with respect to (i) interest income earned on the trust account balance released to us to pay any tax obligations and (ii) interest income of up to $5.0 million, or approximately $5.8 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, on the balance in the trust account released to us to fund our working    The proceeds held in the escrow account are not released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or the failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

 

76


Table of Contents
    

Terms of Our Offering


  

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering


     capital requirements (as long as we have sufficient funds available to pay our tax obligations on such interest income or otherwise then due at that time), the proceeds held in the trust account are not released to us until the earlier of the completion of our initial business combination or the failure to complete our initial business combination within the allotted time.     

 

Legal Proceedings

 

There is no material litigation currently pending against us or any members of our management team in their capacity as such.

 

77


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

Our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus are as follows:

 

Name


   Age

 

Position


Eric J. Watson

   48   Chairman of the Board and Treasurer

Jonathan J. Ledecky

   50   President, Secretary and Director

William M. Campbell III

   48   Director

Jim Gray

   47   Director

Robert B. Hersov

   47   Director

Joel A. Katz

   62   Director

Christopher Ashton Kutcher

   30   Director

John M. Mass

   42   Director

Edward J. Mathias

   65   Director

Jimmie Lee Solomon, Jr.

   51   Director

Lewis N. Wolff

   72   Director

 

Eric J. Watson has been our chairman of the board and treasurer since our inception. From July 2005 to December 2007, Mr. Watson served as the chairman of the board and treasurer of Endeavor Acquisition Corp., an American Stock Exchange listed blank check company formed to acquire an operating business. Endeavor Acquisition Corp. consummated its business combination with American Apparel on December 12, 2007. Mr. Watson has also been the chairman of the board and treasurer of Victory Acquisition Corp., a blank check company formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with an operating business, since its inception in January 2007. He has also been the chairman of the board and treasurer of Triplecrown Acquisition Corp., a blank check company formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or other similar business combination with an operating business in the financial services industry. He has also been the chairman of the board and treasurer of Grand Slam Acquisition Corp., a blank check company formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or other similar business combination with an operating business located in North America in any industry other than the financial services industry or the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry, since its inception in October 2007. He has also been the chairman of the board and treasurer of Endeavour International Acquisition Corp., a blank check company formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or other similar business combination with an operating business located outside of North America in any industry other than the financial services industry or the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry, since its inception in November 2007. Since January 1995, Mr. Watson has been the executive chairman of, and interests associated with him own, Cullen Investments Limited, an international private investment company which has its origins in a start up founded by Mr. Watson through which he has actively invested his own capital in a range of successful mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Watson and his associated interests have a substantial portfolio comprising interests in the fashion retail, financial services, real estate, infrastructure maintenance, sports and entertainment sectors. Cullen Investments interests include ownership of Bendon, an international manufacturer and retailer of women’s lingerie whose prestige brands include the licensed Elle Macpherson Intimates and Stella McCartney labels. Another major investment held by interests associated with Mr. Watson is a 50% ownership of the Hanover Group, one of the largest privately owned financial services businesses in New Zealand with operations extending to the United States and Australia. In 1998, Logan Corporation, an entity owned by Cullen Investments, invested in publicly listed Wall Group (formerly Pacific Retail Group or “PRG”). PRG was listed on the New Zealand Stock Exchange until 2006, and operated several consumer focused companies. These included Noel Leeming Group, a New Zealand specialty appliance retail chain, Pacific Retail Finance Limited, a New Zealand consumer finance business, and Bendon.

 

78


Table of Contents

PRG acquired PRG PowerHouse Limited (“PowerHouse”), a specialty appliance retail chain in the United Kingdom in September 2003, at which time Logan Corporation was a majority stockholder in publicly listed PRG. Mr. Watson was then and remains a director of PRG, but has not at any time been an executive officer of PRG. In August 2006, PowerHouse, as a result of adverse market conditions and increasing losses, was placed in administration under United Kingdom law, a process similar to a United States bankruptcy proceeding. The administrator determined that the best course of action with respect to PowerHouse was to close its stores and realize the assets for the benefit of its creditors. Subsequently, at the end of April 2007, PowerHouse was placed into liquidation by the administrator. In addition, PRG had provided guarantees in respect of certain debts owed by PowerHouse to its creditors. Due to an unforeseen material deterioration in the outcome of the Powerhouse administration, PRG is no longer in a position to satisfy, in full, the claims of its creditors. Accordingly, PRG’s creditors approved a compromise with PRG in September 2007 in respect of their debts. PRG was privatized by Logan Corporation in 2006. Prior to founding Cullen Investments, Mr. Watson was the founding chairman and largest stockholder of Blue Star Group, a retail and distribution group he founded in January 1992. In 1996, Blue Star Group was sold to U.S. Office Products, a diversified supplier of a broad range of office products and business services to corporate customers. Until August 1999, Mr. Watson continued as executive chairman of Blue Star Group, a wholly-owned subsidiary of U.S. Office Products after the acquisition. Following the acquisition of Blue Star Group by U.S. Office Products, Mr. Watson served as a director of McCollam Printers from July 1997 to June 1998. Prior to serving with U.S. Office Products, Mr. Watson held several positions with Xerox Corporation, an office products company, including president of operations for Australasia. Mr. Watson received a diploma of general management from Auckland University.

 

In October 2001, the SEC issued a cease and desist order against Mr. Watson in connection with certain purchases and sales made by Mr. Watson of shares of McCollam Printers, Ltd., a company U.S. Office Products was seeking to acquire while Mr. Watson was executive chairman of Blue Star Group and acting as chief negotiator for U.S. Office Products. The SEC found Mr. Watson had violated Section 10(b) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder with respect to such purchases and sales by not disclosing his ownership of such shares to U.S. Office Products. Mr. Watson consented to the SEC’s order without admitting or denying the findings. Specifically, the SEC found that, before the negotiations began in November 1996, Mr. Watson personally owned McCollam Printers shares but did not disclose this to U.S. Office Products. The SEC also found that, during the course of the negotiations, Mr. Watson continued to acquire McCollam Printers shares without informing U.S. Office Products. According to the SEC’s order, in May 1997, Blue Star publicly announced its offer to purchase McCollam Printers in a public tender offer and, after the offer was made, Mr. Watson sold his shares without disclosing the sales to U.S. Office Products. The SEC found that the sale of shares by Mr. Watson resulted in profits of more than NZ$530,000. Mr. Watson subsequently voluntarily established a fund to return profits from the McCollam Printers trading, and all of the unclaimed surplus from the fund was distributed to charity.

 

Jonathan J. Ledecky has been our president, secretary and a member of our board of directors since our inception. From July 2005 to December 2007, Mr. Ledecky served as president, secretary and a director of Endeavor Acquisition Corp. Since January 2007, Mr. Ledecky has served as president, secretary and a director of Victory Acquisition Corp. Since June 2007, Mr. Ledecky has served as president, secretary and a director of Triplecrown Acquisition Corp. Since October 2007, Mr. Ledecky has served as president, secretary and a director of Grand Slam Acquisition Corp. Since November 2007, Mr. Ledecky has served as president, secretary and a director of Endeavour International Acquisition Corp. Since June 1999, Mr. Ledecky has served as chairman of the Ledecky Foundation, a philanthropic organization which contributes funds to programs for the education of disadvantaged inner city youth in Washington, D.C., New York and Boston. Since March 1999, Mr. Ledecky has also served as chairman of Ironbound Partners Fund LLC, a private investment management fund that oversees the Ledecky Foundation and other Ledecky family investments. In October 1994, Mr. Ledecky founded U.S. Office Products and served as its chief executive officer until November 1997 and chairman until June 1998. During his tenure, U.S. Office Products completed over 260 acquisitions, and grew to a Fortune 500 company with over $2.6 billion in revenues. In June 1998, U.S. Office Products completed a comprehensive restructuring plan whereby four separate entities were spun off to stockholders and U.S. Office Products underwent a

 

79


Table of Contents

leveraged recapitalization. In connection with these transactions, Mr. Ledecky resigned from his position as chairman of U.S. Office Products and became a director of each of the four spin-off entities. In February 1997, Mr. Ledecky founded Building One Services Corporation (originally Consolidation Capital Corporation), an entity formed to identify attractive consolidation opportunities which ultimately focused on the facilities management industry. In November 1997, Building One raised $552 million in an initial public offering. Mr. Ledecky served as Building One’s chief executive officer from November 1997 through February 1999 and as its chairman from inception through its February 2000 merger with Group Maintenance America Corporation. During his tenure with Building One, it completed 46 acquisitions and grew to over $1.5 billion in revenues. From July 1999 to July 2001, Mr. Ledecky was vice chairman of Lincoln Holdings, owners of the Washington sports franchises in the NBA, NHL and WNBA. Since June 1998, Mr. Ledecky has served as a director of School Specialty, a Nasdaq Global Market listed education company that provides products, programs and services that enhance student achievement and development. School Specialty was spun out of U.S. Office Products in June 1998. Since 1994, Mr. Ledecky has been involved with numerous other companies in director positions. Two of these companies, U.S.A. Floral Products Inc. (United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware; filed 4/2/01 and emerged 7/18/02) and UniCapital Corporation (United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York; filed 12/11/00 and emerged 1/31/02) filed for voluntary bankruptcy in the last seven years. Mr. Ledecky was a director of U.S.A. Floral Products from April 1997 to March 2000 and of UniCapital from October 1997 to October 2000. In addition, after resigning from his position as a director and executive officer with U.S. Office Products, it filed for bankruptcy protection (United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware; filed 3/5/01 and emerged 12/28/01). In no case was Mr. Ledecky an executive officer of these companies during the two years preceding the bankruptcy filings. Mr. Ledecky was a trustee of George Washington University, served as a director of the U.S. Chamber of Commerce and served as commissioner on the National Commission on Entrepreneurship. In addition, in 2004, Mr. Ledecky was elected the Chief Marshal of the 2004 Harvard University Commencement, a singular honor bestowed by his alumni peers for a 25th reunion graduate deemed to have made exceptional contributions to Harvard and the greater society while achieving outstanding professional success. Mr. Ledecky received a B.A. (cum laude) from Harvard University and a M.B.A from Harvard Business School.

 

William M. Campbell III has been a member of our board of directors since February 2008. Since 2007, Mr. Campbell has pursued a variety of business ventures including the startup of Goodness Mfg., a new advertising agency in Venice California, serving as a consultant for Global Gaming League LLC, a provider of competitive online and live video game tournaments and events, and executive producing the Broadway musical “Robin and the 7 Hoods.” From May 2002 to February 2007, Mr. Campbell served as president of Discovery Networks, U.S., a division of Discovery Communications Inc. where he was responsible for all aspects of the domestic television division, including programming, production, affiliate sales and marketing, advertising sales, consumer marketing, research, new media, business development and communications. During Mr. Campbell’s tenure at Discovery Networks, he led the 2004 launch of FitTV (formerly The Health Network), the relaunch of Discovery Home Channel (formerly Discovery Home & Leisure Channel), and the transition of Discovery Wings Channel to Military Channel in January 2005, which resulted in significant ratings increases for the network. From 1998 to May 2002, Mr. Campbell was the president of Miramax Television where he was responsible for all aspects of television, including development, marketing, legal affairs and production. As president of Miramax, Mr. Campbell led a wide array of projects, including the Emmy-nominated “Project Greenlight,” a cutting-edge venture integrating film, television and the Internet. From 1994 to 1998, he was the executive vice president of CBS Entertainment where he played a significant role in CBS’s development of new series, including “Everybody Loves Raymond” and “The King of Queens.” From 1991 to 1995, Mr. Campbell served as senior vice president of drama development at Warner Brothers Television, where he developed a series of dramas, including “ER,” and “Lois & Clark: The New Adventures of Superman.” From 1987 to 1991, Mr. Campbell worked as a director at ABC Entertainment in the current programming department. Prior to joining ABC, he worked as an analyst in the mergers and acquisitions department of Smith Barney, Harris Upham & Co. in New York. Mr. Campbell is a member of the board of directors of Education Management Corporation, a provider of post-secondary private education. Mr. Campbell received a B.A. from Harvard College and an M.B.A. from Harvard University Graduate School of Business Administration.

 

80


Table of Contents

Jim Gray has been a member of our board of directors since our inception. Mr. Gray has been a network television and national cable sportscaster since 1983. During this time, he has worked with CBS Sports, NBC Sports, and currently has long-term relationships with ESPN, ABC-TV, Showtime and Westwood One Radio. His career highlights include coverage of 7 Olympic Games, 18 NFL Super Bowls, 9 MLB World Series, 18 NBA Finals, 9 NCAA Final Fours, 18 Masters Golf Tournaments, and more than 300 World Championship Boxing matches. Gray has also broadcast on numerous occasions the Ryder Cup, the Presidents Cup, NBA and MLB All-Star Games, National Football League AFC and NFC Championship Games, and Major League Baseball American and National League Championship Series Games. Mr. Gray has won 11 national Emmy Awards for journalism and reporting. He was named Sportscaster of the Year in 1998 and 1999 as “Sports Reporter of the Year” by his member peers of the American Sportscasters Association. In 1997, he won the prestigious “Broadcast of the Year Award” presented by the National Sportswriters and Sportscasters Association for his interview with Mike Tyson following “Tyson vs. Holyfield II.” Mr. Gray has been named Sports Reporter of the Year twelve times by the USA Today, and that same publication in April 2005 named Mr. Gray the country’s best sports reporter of the past quarter century. Mr. Gray has been a director of Triplecrown Acquisition Corp. since June 2007. Mr. Gray received a B.S. from the University of Colorado.

 

Robert B. Hersov has been a member of our board of directors since our inception. From January 2004 to January 2008, Mr. Hersov served as the vice chairman of NetJets Europe Ltd., a subsidiary of NetJets, Inc., a private aviation and fractional jet ownership company which was acquired by Berkshire Hathaway Inc. in 1998. Mr. Hersov founded and, from December 2002 to April 2004, served as the chief executive officer of Marquis Jet Europe, a private aviation company which was acquired by NetJets, Inc. in 2004. Mr. Hersov now serves as a member of the NetJets Europe Advisory Board. Since September 2007, Mr. Hersov has served as a non-executive director of Australian privately-owned company Global Aviation Leasing Group. Mr. Hersov is also chairman of Sapinda Limited, a UK private company, which is the main shareholder of Vatas GmbH, a private German investment company. Mr. Hersov also founded and, from October 1998 to December 2002, served as the chairman of Sportal Ltd., a company that operates an Internet site that offers sports-related games and videos. From October 1996 to September 1998, he served as the executive director of Enic plc, a holding company listed on the London Stock Exchange that invests primarily in the sports and media sectors. From September 1995 to September 1997, Mr. Hersov was the chief executive officer of Telepiu PayTV in Milan, Italy, a pay TV and digital satellite company. From March 1993 to August 1995, Mr. Hersov served as an executive director of Richemont, a tobacco, luxury and media conglomerate listed on the SWX Swiss Exchange. Since June 2005, Mr. Hersov has been a member of the board of directors of Shine Media Acquisition Corp., a blank check company that was formed to acquire a direct or indirect interest in an operating business in the media and advertising industry in the People’s Republic of China. He was a director of Endeavor Acquisition Corp. from July 2005 to December 2007. Since January 2007, he has served as a director of Victory Acquisition Corp., since June 2007, he has served as a director of Triplecrown Acquisition Corp. and since November 2007, he has served as a director of Endeavour International Acquisition Corp. Mr. Hersov received a B.B.S. from the University of Cape Town and a M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.

 

Joel A. Katz has been a member of our board of directors since February 2008. Since 1998, Mr. Katz has been practicing law with Greenberg Traurig LLP, a full service law firm and is currently chairman of Greenberg Traurig’s global entertainment practice. In 1971, Mr. Katz founded Katz, Smith & Cohen, which became one of the nation’s largest entertainment law firms. In 1998, Mr. Katz merged his practice with Greenberg Traurig. He is currently global chair of the firm’s international entertainment practice. Some of Mr.Katz’s clients have included James Brown, Willie Nelson, B.B. King, Jimmy Buffett, Sheryl Crow, Sammy Hagar, James Taylor and other top entertainers. Mr. Katz’s corporate client list includes some of the most recognized brands in the world, such as The Coca-Cola Company, Microsoft Corp., MTV Networks, Dick Clark Productions, AFLAC, Nokia Corporation, Convex, TVT Records, Wurlitzer Juke Box Corporation and AEG. Mr. Katz also serves as a Music Industry Representative for the State of Georgia Film, Video and Music Advisory Commission, appointed by Georgia Gov. Sonny Perdue during 2004. He is also general counsel for the National Academy of Recording Arts & Sciences and formerly served as the organization’s chairman. Mr. Katz is the former vice chairman of the Gibson Foundation, the Gibson Guitar Corporation, and Baldwin Piano Corp. and was the founding chairman of

 

81


Table of Contents

the Recording Academy’s Entertainment Law Initiative. Mr. Katz is a Fellow of the Royal Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manufactures and Commerce, commonly known as the RSA. In 1995, Mr. Katz was inducted into the Georgia Music Hall of Fame as the first and only attorney ever to hold that honor. In 2002, he received the “Heroes Award” from the Atlanta chapter of The Recording Academy. He also received the 2003 Spirit of Music Award presented by the UJA-Federation of New York. Mr. Katz received a B.S. from Hunter College and a J.D. from University of Tennessee College of Law and is licensed to practice law in Tennessee and Georgia, and he is a member of the Georgia, Tennessee, American and Atlanta Bar Associations.

 

Christopher Ashton Kutcher has been a member of our board of directors since February 2008. Mr. Kutcher is the chairman of Katalyst Films and Television, a motion picture, television and digital media production company headquartered in Los Angeles. Katalyst has created and produced such television shows as “Punk’d” and “Beauty and the Geek.” Katalyst has also produced the feature films “Guess Who” and “The Butterfly Effect.” Mr. Kutcher starred in Fox’s series “That 70’s Show” and his feature credits include “Dude, Where’s My Car,” “Cheaper by the Dozen,” “The Butterfly Effect,” “Just Married,” “Guess Who,” “A Lot Like Love,” “Bobby” and “The Guardian.” He stars in two upcoming features in 2008, “What Happens in Vegas” with Cameron Diaz, and “Personal Effects” with Michelle Pfeiffer.

 

John M. Mass has been a member of our board of directors since our inception. Mr. Mass, who has been employed by William Morris Agency, LLC since 1992, currently serves as executive vice president and head of corporate development and new ventures, and is also a member of William Morris Agency, LLC’s board of directors. From February 1992 to October 1992, Mr. Mass served as the director of business development at Triad Artists, Inc., a leading talent agency, which was purchased by William Morris Agency in October 1992. Prior to this, Mr. Mass served as an associate at Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc. in its corporate finance department from 1987 to 1990. Mr. Mass is the chairman of the California State Lottery Commission, a member of the board of directors of KCET (the Los Angeles public television station) and a member of the board of advisors to the Los Angeles Sports and Entertainment Commission. Mr. Mass received a B.S. from the University of Illinois and an M.B.A. from Northwestern University’s J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management.

 

Edward J. Mathias has been a member of our board of directors since our inception. Mr. Mathias was involved with the founding of The Carlyle Group, a global private equity firm headquartered in Washington, DC. He has been a managing director since January 1994 and presently serves as an Investment Committee member for a number of Carlyle’s partnerships. Previously, Mr. Mathias served on the management committee and board of directors of T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., an investment management organization where he was employed from 1971 to December 1993. He was a director of Endeavor Acquisition Corp. from July 2005 to December 2007. He has also been a director of NexCen Brands, formerly Aether Systems, since June of 2002, Victory Acquisition Corp. since January 2007, Triplecrown Acquisition Corp. since June 2007, Grand Slam Acquisition Corp. since October 2007 and Endeavour International Acquisition Corp. since November 2007. Mr. Mathias also serves on The Howard Hughes Institute’s Investment Advisory Committee. Mr. Mathias received an M.B.A. from The Harvard Business School where he is on The Board of Dean’s Advisors and a B.A. from The University of Pennsylvania where he is currently a trustee and member of The Penn Investment Board which oversees the University of Pennsylvania’s endowment.

 

Jimmie Lee Solomon, Jr. has been a member of our board of directors since our inception. Mr. Solomon has been affiliated with Major League Baseball since July 1991 as executive director of minor league operations, senior vice president of baseball operations and most recently since June 2005 as executive vice president of baseball operations. From June 1981 to June 1991, he was a lawyer at Baker & Hostetler, LLP where he counseled a variety of clients including Major League Baseball, the National Football League Management Council and the United States Football League front office personnel. Mr. Solomon has been a director of Victory Acquisition Corp. since January 2007 and Triplecrown Acquisition Corp. since June 2007. Mr. Solomon is also on the board of directors for the NAACP Legal Defense and Education Fund, Inc. He has previously served on the board of directors for the Greater Washington Boys and Girls Club and has served as an advisory board member for Elementary Baseball, Inc. He has also served as a member of the Diversity Task Force for Women’s Sports Foundation. Mr. Solomon received a B.A. from Dartmouth College and a J.D. from Harvard Law School.

 

82


Table of Contents

Lewis N. Wolff has been a member of our board of directors since February 2008. Since November 1980, Mr. Wolff has been the chairman of Wolff Urban Management, Inc., a real estate acquisition, investment, development and management firm. He co-founded and, since 1994, has served as chairman of Maritz, Wolff & Co., a privately held hotel investment group that manages top-tier luxury hotels. Maritz, Wolff & Co.’s investments exceed $1.0 billion. In April 2005, Mr. Wolff acquired ownership of Major League Baseball’s Oakland Athletics. Mr. Wolff is also a former primary owner of the St. Louis Blues National Hockey League Team and a former primary owner of the Golden State Warriors National Basketball Team. Mr. Wolff serves as co-chairman of Sunstone Hotel Investors, Inc., serves as vice chairman of Rosewood Hotels & Resorts and, from 1999 through the summer of 2004, served as co-chairman of Fairmont Hotels & Resorts, a hotel management company formed by Fairmont Hotel Management Company and Canadian Pacific Hotels & Resorts, Inc. Mr. Wolff entered the hotel business in the 1980’s by becoming developer/owner/operator of the San Jose Holiday Inn in Northern California and the Burbank Airport Hilton and the La Mirada Gateway Plaza Holiday Inn in Southern California. He expanded his portfolio by developing and acquiring office buildings, theaters and additional hotels. Mr. Wolff’s career began in St. Louis, Louisiana at Roy Wenzlick & Company, a real estate economics, appraisal and publishing firm, and he eventually opened and managed its West Coast office in Los Angeles. Mr. Wolff also served as President of Twentieth Century Fox Realty & Development Company, where he managed Twentieth Century Fox’s worldwide corporate real estate activities. He serves on the board of directors for First Century Bank and Bobrick Washroom Equipment. Mr. Wolff received a bachelor’s degree in business administration from the University of Wisconsin, Madison, and received an M.B.A. from Washington University. He is a member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers (currently inactive).

 

Number and Terms of Office of Directors

 

Our board of directors is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class serving a three-year term. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Jim Gray, Edward J. Mathias, William M. Campbell III and Christopher Ashton Kutcher, will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Jimmie Lee Solomon, Jr., Robert B. Hersov, Joel A. Katz and Lewis N. Wolff, will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Eric J. Watson, Jonathan J. Ledecky and John M. Mass, will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders.

 

These individuals will play a key role in identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, selecting the target business, and structuring, negotiating and consummating its acquisition. Collectively, through their positions described above, our directors have extensive experience in the private equity business.

 

Prior Involvement of Principals in Blank Check Companies

 

Each of Messrs. Watson, Ledecky, Hersov and Mathias were involved in the initial public offering of Endeavor Acquisition Corp., a blank check company with an objective to acquire an operating business. Endeavor Acquisition Corp. completed its initial public offering in December 2005 and raised gross proceeds of approximately $129.3 million at an offering price of $8.00 per unit. Endeavor’s units are currently listed on the American Stock Exchange under the symbol APP.U and have traded from a low of $             per unit to a high of $            per unit, with a closing trading price of $            at             , 2008. From its inception until December 2007, Mr. Watson was the chairman of the board and treasurer of Endeavor Acquisition Corp., Mr. Ledecky was the president, secretary and a director of Endeavor Acquisition Corp. and each of Messrs. Hersov and Mathias was a director of Endeavor Acquisition Corp. No salary has been paid to any of Messrs. Watson, Ledecky, Hersov or Mathias for their services to Endeavor Acquisition Corp. However, Ironbound Partners Fund LLC, an affiliate of Mr. Ledecky’s, received a $7,500 per month fee from Endeavor Acquisition Corp. for use of office space and administrative services from the effective date of Endeavor Acquisition Corp.’s initial public offering through January 2007. Prior to Endeavor Acquisition Corp.’s initial public offering, Messrs. Watson, Ledecky,

 

83


Table of Contents

Hersov and Mathias (or their affiliates) purchased 1,775,000 shares, 1,775,000 shares, 40,000 shares and 40,000 shares, respectively, for a purchase price of approximately $0.0067 per share.

 

On December 18, 2006, Endeavor Acquisition Corp. entered into an agreement, as amended, to acquire American Apparel, Inc. and its affiliated companies for 37,258,065 shares of common stock and $67.9 million. The transaction was consummated on December 12, 2007. None of our officers or directors remains an officer or director of Endeavor Acquisition Corp. following the acquisition of American Apparel.

 

Robert B. Hersov has been a director of Shine Media Acquisition Corp. since its inception. Shine Media is a blank check company formed for the purpose of acquiring direct or indirect ownership through a merger, capital stock exchange, asset or stock acquisition or other similar business combination, or control through contractual arrangements, of one or more operating businesses in the media and advertising industry with their principal operations and business in the People’s Republic of China. Shine Media completed its initial public offering in December 2006 and raised gross proceeds of approximately $36.8 million at an offering price of $6.00 per unit. Shine Media’s units are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol SHNDU and have traded from a low of $            to a high of $            per unit, with a closing trading price of $            at             , 2008. No salary has been paid to Mr. Hersov for his services to Shine Media. Prior to Shine Media’s initial public offering, Mr. Hersov purchased 148,500 shares of Shine Media’s common stock for a purchase price of approximately $.017 per share.

 

Alternative Asset Management Acquisition Corp. is a blank check company formed for the purpose of acquiring through a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase or other similar business combination one or more operating businesses, with an initial focus on businesses in the alternative asset management sector. Hanover Overseas Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Hanover Group Holdings Ltd., beneficially owns 2,910,938 shares of common stock of Alternative Asset Management Acquisition Corp. Hanover Group Holdings is 50% owned by interests associated with Eric Watson. These shares were purchased by Hanover Overseas Limited at a price of approximately $0.002 per share. Mr. Watson is neither an officer nor director of Alternative Asset Management Acquisition Corp. or of Hanover Overseas Limited.

 

Each of Messrs. Watson, Ledecky, Hersov, Mathias and Solomon were involved in the initial public offering of Victory Acquisition Corp., a blank check company with an objective to acquire through a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase or other similar business combination an operating business in any industry other than the franchising, financial services or healthcare industries. Victory Acquisition Corp. completed its initial public offering in April 2007 and raised gross proceeds of approximately $330 million at an offering price of $10.00 per unit. Victory’s units are listed on the American Stock Exchange under the symbol VRY.U and have traded from a low of $            per unit to a high of $            per unit, with a closing trading price of $            at             , 2008. Since its inception, Mr. Watson has been the chairman of the board and treasurer of Victory Acquisition Corp., Mr. Ledecky has been the president, secretary and a director of Victory Acquisition Corp. and each of Messrs. Hersov, Mathias and Solomon has been a director of Victory Acquisition Corp. No salary has been paid to any of Messrs. Watson, Ledecky, Hersov, Mathias or Solomon for their services to Victory Acquisition Corp. However, Ironbound Partners Fund received a $7,500 per month fee from Victory Acquisition Corp. for use of office space and administrative services from the effective date of Victory Acquisition Corp.’s initial public offering through August 2007. Prior to Victory Acquisition Corp.’s initial public offering, Messrs. Watson, Ledecky, Hersov, Mathias and Solomon (or their affiliates) purchased 3,498,000 shares, 3,498,000 shares, 72,000 shares, 72,000 shares and 72,000 shares, respectively, for a purchase price of approximately $0.003 per share. Simultaneously with Victory Acquisition Corp.’s initial public offering, each of Eric J. Watson and Jonathan J. Ledecky purchased 2,500,000 warrants, each to purchase one share of common stock at $7.50 per share, for a purchase price of $2.5 million, or $5.0 million in the aggregate. Victory Acquisition Corp. must consummate a business combination by April 24, 2009, but has not yet done so.

 

Each of Messrs. Watson, Ledecky, Hersov, Mathias, Gray and Solomon were involved in the initial public offering of Triplecrown Acquisition Corp., a blank check company with an objective to acquire through a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase or other similar business combination an

 

84


Table of Contents

operating business in the financial services industry. Triplecrown Acquisition Corp. completed its initial public offering in October 2007 and raised $552 million at an offering price of $10.00 per unit. Triplecrown’s units are listed on the American Stock Exchange under the symbol TCW.U and have traded from a low of $         per unit to a high of $            per unit, with a closing trading price of $            at             , 2008. Since its inception, Mr. Watson has been the chairman of the board and treasurer of Triplecrown Acquisition Corp., Mr. Ledecky has been the president, secretary and a director of Triplecrown Acquisition Corp. and each of Messrs. Hersov, Mathias, Gray and Solomon has been a director of Triplecrown Acquisition Corp. No salary has been paid to any of Messrs. Watson, Ledecky, Hersov, Mathias, Gray or Solomon for their services to Triplecrown Acquisition Corp. Prior to Triplecrown Acquisition Corp.’s initial public offering, Messrs. Watson, Ledecky, Hersov, Mathias, Gray and Solomon (or their affiliates) purchased 6,630,000 units, 6,630,000 units, 60,000 units, 60,000 units, 60,000 units and 60,000 units, respectively, for a purchase price of approximately $0.002 per unit. Simultaneously with Triplecrown Acquisition Corp.’s initial public offering, each of Eric J. Watson and Jonathan J. Ledecky purchased 2,500,000 warrants, each to purchase one share of common stock at $7.50 per share, for a purchase price of $2.5 million, or $5.0 million in the aggregate. Triplecrown Acquisition Corp. must consummate a business combination by October 22, 2009, but has not yet done so.

 

Each of Messrs. Watson, Ledecky and Mathias are also involved in the formation of Grand Slam Acquisition Corp., a blank check company formed in October 2007 for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or other similar business combination with an operating business having its principal operations located in North America but not in the financial services industry or the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry. In connection with its formation, each of Messrs. Watson, Ledecky and Mathias purchased 10,506,250, 10,506,250 and 100,000 Grand Slam Acquisition Corp. units, respectively, for a purchase price of approximately $0.001 per unit. As of the date of this prospectus, Grand Slam Acquisition Corp. has not consummated its initial public offering.

 

Each of Messrs. Watson, Ledecky, Hersov and Mathias is also an officer and/or director of Endeavour International Acquisition Corp., a blank check company formed in the Cayman Islands in November 2007 for the purpose of effecting a merger, share capital exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or other similar business combination with an operating business having its principal operations located outside of North America but not in the financial services industry or the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry. In connection with its formation, each of Messrs. Watson, Ledecky, Hersov and Mathias purchased 10,506,250, 10,506,250, 100,000 and 150,000 Endeavour International Acquisition Corp. units, respectively, for a purchase price of approximately $0.09 per unit. As of the date of this prospectus, Endeavour International Acquisition Corp. has not consummated its initial public offering.

 

In addition to the foregoing, Jonathan J. Ledecky served as chairman of the board of Consolidation Capital Corporation from its formation in February 1997 until March 2000 when it merged with Group Maintenance America Corporation and served as chief executive officer of Consolidation Capital Corporation from November 1997 through February 1999. Consolidation Capital Corporation was formed to build consolidated enterprises with national market reach through the acquisition and integration of multiple businesses in one or more fragmented industries. In November 1997, Consolidation Capital Corporation completed its initial public offering registered on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933 (SEC File No. 333-36193) raising gross proceeds of $552 million. Upon completion of its initial public offering, Mr. Ledecky beneficially owned approximately 15.8% of Consolidation Capital Corporation’s common stock. The aggregate market value of these shares immediately following the initial public offering was approximately $90.0 million while his aggregate purchase price for such shares was approximately $44.1 million. Prior to Consolidation Capital Corporation’s initial public offering, Mr. Ledecky was paid a total of $125,000 in salary. Pursuant to an employment agreement entered into with Consolidation Capital Corporation in connection with its initial public offering, Mr. Ledecky received a salary of $750,000 per year and a bonus of $42,500. In January 1998, Consolidation Capital Corporation announced its intention to acquire Service Management USA. Service Management USA was a provider of facility management services. In connection with this acquisition which was consummated in September 1998, Consolidation Capital Corporation changed its name to Building One Services Corporation.

 

85


Table of Contents

Other than as set forth above, none of our officers or directors has been or currently is a principal of, or affiliated with, a blank check company.

 

Executive Officer and Director Compensation

 

None of our officers or directors has received, earned or been awarded or paid any compensation for services rendered. No compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, will be paid or awarded by us or a target business to or earned by any of our officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered prior to or in connection with the consummation of a business combination. However, these individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. After a business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials furnished to our stockholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of a stockholder meeting held to consider a business combination, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

 

Director Independence

 

The American Stock Exchange requires that a majority of our board must be composed of “independent directors,” which is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship, which, in the opinion of the company’s board of directors would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

 

Our board of directors has determined that each of Robert B. Hersov, Edward J. Mathias, Jim Gray, Jimmie Lee Solomon, Jr., John M. Mass, William M. Campbell III, Joel A. Katz and Lewis N. Wolff are independent directors as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the rules of the American Stock Exchange. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

 

Any related party transactions will be on terms no less favorable to us than could be obtained from independent parties and will be approved by our audit committee, excluding any member that has an affiliation with such party. We will not enter into our initial business combination with an entity that is affiliated with our officers, directors or founders, as described below.

 

Audit Committee

 

Effective upon consummation of this offering, we will establish an audit committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Edward J. Mathias, as chairman, John M. Mass and Robert B. Hersov, each of whom has been determined to be “independent” as defined in Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the rules of the American Stock Exchange. The audit committee’s duties, which are specified in our Audit Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditor the annual audited financial statements, and recommending to the board whether the audited financial statements should be included in our Form 10-K;

 

   

discussing with management and the independent auditor significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of our financial statements;

 

   

discussing with management major risk assessment and risk management policies;

 

   

monitoring the independence of the independent auditor;

 

86


Table of Contents
   

verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law;

 

   

reviewing and approving all related-party transactions, including analyzing the shareholder base of each target business so as to ensure that we do not consummate a business combination with an entity that is affiliated with any of our officers, directors or founders, including (i) an entity that is either a portfolio company of, or has otherwise received a material financial investment from any private equity fund or investment company (or an affiliate thereof) that is affiliated with such individuals, (ii) an entity in which such individuals or their affiliates are currently passive investors, (iii) an entity in which such individuals or their affiliates are currently officers or directors, or (iv) an entity in which such individuals or their affiliates are currently invested through an investment vehicle controlled by them;

 

   

inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

 

   

pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditor, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;

 

   

appointing or replacing the independent auditor;

 

   

reviewing proxy disclosure to ensure that it is in compliance with SEC rules and regulations;

 

   

determining the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent auditor (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;

 

   

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies;

 

   

monitoring compliance on a quarterly basis with the terms of this offering and, if any noncompliance is identified, immediately taking all action necessary to rectify such noncompliance or otherwise causing compliance with the terms of this offering; and

 

   

approving reimbursement of expenses incurred by our founders, sponsors, officers, directors and their respective affiliates in identifying potential target businesses.

 

Financial Experts on Audit Committee

 

The audit committee will at all times be composed exclusively of “independent directors” who are “financially literate” as defined under the American Stock Exchange listing standards. The American Stock Exchange listing standards define “financially literate” as being able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including a company’s balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement.

 

In addition, we must certify to the American Stock Exchange that the committee has, and will continue to have, at least one member who has past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting, or other comparable experience or background that results in the individual’s financial sophistication. The board of directors has determined that Edward J. Mathias satisfies the American Stock Exchange’s definition of financial sophistication and also qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

Nominating Committee

 

Effective upon consummation of this offering, we will establish a nominating committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Jimmie Lee Solomon, Jr., as chairman, and Jim Gray, each of whom is an independent director under the American Stock Exchange’s listing standards. The nominating committee is responsible for overseeing the selection of persons to be nominated to serve on our board of directors. The nominating committee considers persons identified by its members, management, stockholders, investment bankers and others.

 

87


Table of Contents

Guidelines for Selecting Director Nominees

 

The guidelines for selecting nominees, which are specified in the Nominating Committee Charter, generally provide that persons to be nominated:

 

   

should have demonstrated notable or significant achievements in business, education or public service;

 

   

should possess the requisite intelligence, education and experience to make a significant contribution to the board of directors and bring a range of skills, diverse perspectives and backgrounds to its deliberations; and

 

   

should have the highest ethical standards, a strong sense of professionalism and intense dedication to serving the interests of the stockholders.

 

The Nominating Committee will consider a number of qualifications relating to management and leadership experience, background and integrity and professionalism in evaluating a person’s candidacy for membership on the board of directors. The nominating committee may require certain skills or attributes, such as financial or accounting experience, to meet specific board needs that arise from time to time. The nominating committee does not distinguish among nominees recommended by stockholders and other persons.

 

Code of Ethics and Committee Charters

 

As of the date of this prospectus, we have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our officers, directors and employees and have filed copies of our code of ethics and our board committee charters as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. You will be able to review these documents by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of the code of ethics will be provided without charge upon request to us. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our code of ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

The following table summarizes the relevant pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations of our officers and directors:

 

Name of Affiliated Company


 

Name of Individual


  

Priority/Preference relative to

Performance Acquisition Corp.


Victory Acquisition Corp.

 

Eric J. Watson

Jonathan J. Ledecky

Robert B. Hersov

Edward J. Mathias

Jimmie Lee Solomon, Jr.

   Each of these individuals will be required to present all business opportunities which are suitable for Victory Acquisition Corp. to Victory Acquisition Corp. prior to presenting them to us. Since Victory Acquisition Corp. can acquire a target business in any industry other than the franchising, financial services or healthcare industries, the business opportunities required to be presented to Victory Acquisition Corp. will overlap with those that we would be interested in. Victory Acquisition Corp. must consummate a business combination by April 24, 2009, but has not yet done so.

Triplecrown Acquisition Corp.

 

Eric J. Watson

Jonathan J. Ledecky

Jim Gray

Robert B. Hersov

Edward J. Mathias

Jimmie Lee Solomon, Jr.

   Each of these individuals will be required to present all business opportunities which are suitable for Triplecrown Acquisition Corp. to Triplecrown Acquisition Corp. prior to presenting them to us. Triplecrown Acquisition Corp. must consummate a business combination by October 22, 2009, but has not yet done so. However, because Triplecrown Acquisition Corp. is required to acquire a company in the financial services industry and we are required to acquire a company in the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry, we believe this affiliation will not create any actual conflicts.

 

88


Table of Contents

Name of Affiliated Company


 

Name of Individual


  

Priority/Preference relative to

Performance Acquisition Corp.


Grand Slam Acquisition Corp.

 

Eric J. Watson

Jonathan J. Ledecky

Robert B. Hersov

Edward J. Mathias

   Each of these individuals will be required to present all business opportunities which are suitable for Grand Slam Acquisition Corp. to Grand Slam Acquisition Corp. prior to presenting them to us. Grand Slam Acquisition Corp. will need to consummate a business combination within 24 months from the date of the prospectus relating to its initial public offering, or 30 months from the date of such prospectus if a definitive agreement has been executed within 24 months after the date of such prospectus and the initial business combination has not been consummated within such 24-month period. However, because Grand Slam Acquisition Corp. is prohibited from acquiring a company in the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry, we believe that this affiliation will not create any actual conflicts.

Endeavour International
Acquisition Corp.

 

Eric J. Watson

Jonathan J. Ledecky

Robert B. Hersov

Edward J. Mathias

  

Each of these individuals will be required to present all business opportunities which are suitable for Endeavour International Acquisition Corp. to Endeavour International Acquisition Corp. prior to presenting them to us. Endeavour International Acquisition Corp. will need to consummate a business combination within 24 months from the date of the prospectus relating to its initial public offering, or 30 months from the date of such prospectus if a definitive

        

agreement has been executed within 24 months after the date of such prospectus and the initial business combination has not been consummated within such 24-month period. However, because Endeavour International Acquisition Corp. is prohibited from acquiring a company in the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry, we believe that this affiliation will not create any actual conflicts.

Shine Media Acquisition Corp.

 

 

Robert B. Hersov

  

 

Mr. Hersov will be required to present all suitable business opportunities to Shine Media Acquisition Corp. prior to presenting them to us. The business opportunities required to be presented to Shine Media Acquisition Corp. could overlap with those that we would be interested in. Shine Media Acquisition Corp. must consummate a business combination by June 27, 2008 (or December 27, 2008 if a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement has been executed by June 27, 2008 but the business combination has not been completed by that date).

The Carlyle Group

 

Edward J. Mathias

   Mr. Mathias will be required to present all suitable business opportunities to The Carlyle Group prior to presenting them to us. Since The Carlyle Group can acquire a target business in any industry, the business opportunities required to be presented to The Carlyle Group will overlap with those that we would be interested in.

 

89


Table of Contents

Name of Affiliated Company


 

Name of Individual


  

Priority/Preference relative to

Performance Acquisition Corp.


NexCen Brands

 

Edward J. Mathias

   Mr. Mathias will be required to present all suitable business opportunities to NexCen Brands prior to presenting them to us. Since NexCen Brands can acquire a target business in any industry, the business opportunities required to be presented to NexCen Brands will overlap with those that we would be interested in.

Cullen Investments Limited

 

Eric J. Watson

   Mr. Watson will be required to present all suitable business opportunities to Cullen Investments Limited prior to presenting them to us. However, the types of businesses that such entity typically focuses on are not the same types of companies that we will be looking at in terms of size and scope. Accordingly, we believe that any potential conflict will be minimal.

Ironbound Partners

 

Jonathan J. Ledecky

   Mr. Ledecky will be required to present all suitable business opportunities to Ironbound Partners prior to presenting them to us. However, Ironbound Partners has agreed to allow Mr. Ledecky to show all potential business combination opportunities to us prior to presenting them to Ironbound Partners. Accordingly, this affiliation will not create any actual conflict.

William Morris Agency, LLC

 

John M. Mass

   The terms of Mr. Mass’s employment by William Morris require that he devote substantially all of his professional time to William Morris. In addition, as a director of William Morris, Mr. Mass is required to present all business opportunities which are suitable for William Morris to William Morris prior to presenting them to us. William Morris also has duties to its clients which in certain instances may require that it first present opportunities to such clients rather than to us. William Morris and Mr. Mass have entered into right of first review agreements with us, in which they have agreed to present to us for our consideration any suitable business opportunity to acquire a target business with a fair market value in excess of $375 million, prior to presentation to any other entity, provided such target business allows them to present their company to us. In any event, neither William Morris nor Mr. Mass will seek to acquire such target business or be a principal in such opportunity. In addition, if a client of William Morris has already identified a specific acquisition in which it seeks the assistance of William Morris, William Morris will not be obligated to present such opportunity to us.

 

Eric Watson also has a relationship with Alternative Asset Management Acquisition Corp. Hanover Overseas Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Hanover Group Holdings Ltd., beneficially owns 2,910,938 shares of common stock of Alternative Asset Management Acquisition Corp. Hanover Group Holdings is 50% owned by interests associated with Mr. Watson. Alternative Asset Management Acquisition Corp. is a blank

 

90


Table of Contents

check company formed for the purpose of acquiring through a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase or other similar business combination one or more operating businesses, with an initial focus on businesses in the alternative asset management sector. However, Mr. Watson is neither an officer nor director of Alternative Asset Management Acquisition Corp. Accordingly, he has no fiduciary obligation to such entity to present to it potential business opportunities. Alternative Asset Management Acquisition Corp. has not yet consummated an initial business combination.

 

Potential investors should also be aware of the following other potential conflicts of interest:

 

   

None of our officers and directors is required to commit their full time to our affairs and, accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities.

 

   

In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to our company as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented and as a result, if they present such an opportunity to another entity prior to us, we could be deprived of an appropriate target business to acquire if one of those entities accepts it.

 

   

Our officers and directors may in the future become affiliated with entities, including other blank check companies, engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by our company.

 

   

The founders’ common stock and founders’ warrants owned by our officers and directors will not be released from escrow until 180 days after the successful consummation of an initial business combination, and the sponsors’ warrants purchased by our officers and directors and any warrants which they may purchase in this offering or in the aftermarket will expire worthless if an initial business combination is not consummated. Additionally, our officers and directors will not receive liquidation distributions with respect to any of their founders’ common stock. Furthermore, the purchasers of the sponsors’ warrants have agreed that such securities will not be sold or transferred by them (except under limited circumstances) until after we have completed a business combination. For the foregoing reasons, our board may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is appropriate to effect a business combination with.

 

   

Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors were included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to an initial business combination.

 

In general, officers and directors of a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware are required to present business opportunities to a corporation if:

 

   

the corporation could financially undertake the opportunity;

 

   

the opportunity is within the corporation’s line of business; and

 

   

it would not be fair to the corporation and its stockholders for the opportunity not to be brought to the attention of the corporation.

 

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. In addition, conflicts of interest may arise when our board evaluates a particular business opportunity with respect to the above-listed criteria. We cannot assure you that any of the above mentioned conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

 

In order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from multiple corporate affiliations, each of our officers and directors has agreed, until the earliest of a business combination, our liquidation or such time as he or she ceases to be an officer or director, to present to our company for our consideration, prior to

 

91


Table of Contents

presentation to any other entity, any business opportunity which may reasonably be required to be presented to us under the Delaware law, subject to the pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations he or she might have which are described above. Accordingly, our officers and directors must present to us all opportunities to acquire a target business with a fair market value in excess of $375 million prior to presenting them to any company with which they become affiliated following this offering. However, they would be required to present business opportunities to companies which they are currently affiliated with and currently owe a fiduciary or contractual obligation to prior to presenting them to us, including those set forth above.

 

William Morris and Mr. Mass have entered into right of first review agreements with us in which they have agreed to present to us for our consideration all suitable business opportunities (as described in this prospectus) prior to presenting them to any other entity, including William Morris, subject to certain exceptions.

 

In connection with the vote required for any business combination, all of the founders, including all of our officers and directors, have agreed to vote the founders’ common stock (i) in accordance with the vote of the public stockholders owning a majority of the shares of common stock sold in this offering and (ii) in favor of our dissolution and liquidation in the event that we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months or 30 months from the date of this prospectus, as applicable. In addition, they have agreed to waive their respective rights to participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to the founders’ common stock. They have also agreed to vote any shares of common stock acquired by them in the offering or aftermarket (i) in favor of a business combination and (ii) in favor of our dissolution and liquidation in the event that we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months or 30 months from the date of this prospectus, as applicable. Thus, additional purchases of shares of common stock by our founders, including our officers or directors, would likely allow them to exert additional influence over the approval of our initial business combination. The factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our common stock. Another factor that would be taken into consideration would be that any such additional purchases would likely increase the chances that our initial business combination would be approved.

 

To further minimize potential conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to consummate a business combination with an entity which is affiliated with any of our officers, directors or founders, including (i) an entity that is either a portfolio company of, or has otherwise received a material financial investment from, any private equity fund or investment company (or an affiliate thereof) that is affiliated with such individuals, (ii) an entity in which such individuals or their affiliates are currently passive investors, (iii) an entity in which such individuals or their affiliates are currently officers or directors, or (iv) an entity in which such individuals or their affiliates are currently invested through an investment vehicle controlled by them. Furthermore, in no event will any of our existing officers, directors, stockholders or advisors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, earn or be paid, or awarded any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination.

 

92


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of the date of this prospectus, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our common stock included in the units offered by this prospectus, and assuming no purchase of units in this offering, by:

 

   

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

 

   

each of our officers and directors; and

 

   

all our officers and directors as a group.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them.

 

     Prior to Offering

    After Offering(2)

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)


   Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership


    Approximate
Percentage

of Outstanding
Common
Stock


    Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership


    Approximate
Percentage

of Outstanding
Common
Stock


 

Eric J. Watson

   4,050,000 (3)   28.2 %   3,521,739 (4)   5.6 %

Jonathan J. Ledecky

   4,050,000 (5)   28.2 %   3,521,739 (6)   5.6 %

Edward J. Mathias(7)

   150,000 (8)   1.0 %   130,435 (9)   *  

Robert B. Hersov(10)

   125,000 (11)   *     108,696 (12)   *  

Jim Gray(13)

   100,000 (14)   *     86,957 (15)   *  

Jimmie Lee Solomon, Jr. (16)

   100,000 (14)   *     86,957 (15)   *  

John M. Mass(17)

   100,000 (14)   *     86,957 (15)   *  

William Morris SPAC Holdings, LLC(18)

   5,300,000 (19)   36.9 %   4,608,692 (20)   7.4 %

William M. Campbell III

   100,000 (14)   *     86,957 (15)   *  

Joel A. Katz

   100,000 (14)   *     86,957 (15)   *  

Christopher A. Kutcher

   100,000 (14)   *     86,957 (15)   *  

Lewis N. Wolff

   100,000 (14)   *     86,957 (15)   *  

All directors and executive officers as a group (eleven individuals)

   9,075,000 (21)   63.1 %   7,891,304 (22)   12.6 %

 *   Less than one percent.
(1)   Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the individuals is c/o Performance Acquisition Corp., 970 West Broadway, PMB 402, Jackson, Wyoming 83001.
(2)   Assumes no exercise of the over-allotment option and, therefore, the forfeiture of an aggregate of 1,875,000 shares of common stock and 937,500 warrants held by our founding stockholders.
(3)   These shares are held by Summit Trust, a trust established for the benefit of Mr. Watson and his beneficiaries. Does not include 2,025,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of founders’ warrants, none of which are exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days.
(4)   These shares are held by Summit Trust, a trust established for the benefit of Mr. Watson and his beneficiaries. Does not include 1,760,870 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of founders’ warrants and 1,250,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of sponsors’ warrants, none of which are exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days.
(5)   Does not include 2,025,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of founders’ warrants, none of which are exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days.
(6)   Does not include 1,760,870 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of founders’ warrants and 1,250,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of sponsors’ warrants, none of which are exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days.

 

93


Table of Contents
(7)   Mr. Mathias’ business address is c/o The Carlyle Group, 1001 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Washington, DC 20004.
(8)   Does not include 75,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of founders’ warrants, none of which are exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days.(12) Does not include 65,218 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of founders’ warrants, none of which are exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days.
(9)   Does not include 65,218 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of founders’ warrants, none of which are exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days.
(10)   Mr. Hersov’s business address is NetJets Europe, Ltd., Grundstrasse 12, 6343 Rotkreuz, Switzerland.
(11)   Does not include 62,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of founders’ warrants, none of which are exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days.
(12)   Does not include 54,348 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of founders’ warrants, none of which are exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days.
(13)   Mr. Gray’s business address is P.O. Box 774, Pacific Palisades, California 90272.
(14)   Does not include 50,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of founders’ warrants, none of which are exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days.
(15)   Does not include 43,479 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of founders’ warrants, none of which are exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days.
(16)   Mr. Solomon’s address is P.O. Box 265, New York, New York 10163.
(17)   Mr. Mass’s business address is One William Morris Place, Beverly Hills, California 90212.
(18)   The business address of William Morris SPAC Holdings, LLC is c/o William Morris Agency, LLC is One William Morris Place, Beverly Hills, California 90212. The William Morris board of directors has voting and disposition power over their securities.
(19)   Does not include 2,650,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of founders’ warrants, none of which are exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days.
(20)   Does not include 2,304,346 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of founders’ warrants and 2,500,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of sponsors’ warrants, none of which are exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days.
(21)   Does not include 4,437,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of founders’ warrants, none of which are exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days.
(22)   Does not include 3,858,697 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of founders’ warrants and 2,500,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of sponsors’ warrants, none of which are exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days.

 

Immediately after this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option by the underwriters), our founders will beneficially own 20% of the then issued and outstanding shares of common stock. Because of this ownership block, they may be able to effectively influence the outcome of all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions other than approval of our initial business combination.

 

If the underwriters do not exercise all or a portion of the over-allotment option, our founders will be required to forfeit up to an aggregate of 1,875,000 founders’ units. Our founders will be required to forfeit only a number of founders’ units necessary to maintain their collective 20% ownership interest in our outstanding securities after giving effect to the offering and the exercise, if any, of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

All of the founders’ units will be placed in escrow with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as escrow agent, until 180 days after the consummation of our initial business combination. The founders’ common stock and founders’ warrants may be released from escrow earlier than this date if, within the first 180 days after we consummate a business combination:

 

   

the last sales price of our common stock equals or exceeds $15.25 per share for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period beginning 90 days after our initial business combination; or

 

94


Table of Contents
   

we consummate a subsequent liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property.

 

During the escrow period, the holders of these securities will not be able to sell or transfer their securities except to a permitted transferee. A permitted transferee is one who receives securities pursuant to a transfer (i) to our officers, directors or their family members or any affiliate of our officers, directors, (ii) to an entity’s beneficiaries upon its liquidation, (iii) to relatives and trusts for estate planning purposes, (iv) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death, (v) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or (vi) by private sales with respect to up to 33% of the founders’ units made at or prior to the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the units were originally purchased (approximately $0.002 per unit), in each case where the transferee agrees to the terms of the escrow agreement, but will retain all other rights as our stockholders with respect to the founders’ units, including, without limitation, the right to vote their shares of founders’ common stock and the right to receive cash dividends, if declared, but excluding conversion rights (including any transferees). If dividends are declared and payable in shares of common stock, such dividends will also be placed in escrow. If we are unable to effect a business combination and liquidate, none of our founders (or any transferees) will receive any portion of the liquidation proceeds with respect to the founders’ common stock and founders warrants.

 

In addition, in connection with the vote required for our initial business combination, the founders have agreed to vote the founders’ common stock (i) in accordance with the majority of the shares of common stock voted by the public stockholders and (ii) in favor of our dissolution and liquidation in the event that we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months or 30 months from the date of this prospectus, as applicable. The founders have also agreed to vote any shares acquired by them in or after this offering (i) in favor of our initial business combination and (ii) in favor of our dissolution and liquidation in the event that we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months or 30 months from the date of this prospectus, as applicable. Thus, additional purchases of shares of common stock by our founders, including our officers or directors, would likely allow them to exert additional influence over the approval of our initial business combination. The factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our common stock. Another factor that would be taken into consideration would be that any such additional purchases would likely increase the chances that our initial business combination would be approved. Therefore, if they acquire shares in or after this offering, they must vote such shares in favor of the proposed business combination and have, as a result, waived the right to exercise conversion rights for those shares in the event that our initial business combination is approved by a majority of our public stockholders.

 

Eric J. Watson, Jonathan J. Ledecky and William Morris have entered into agreements with us to purchase an aggregate of 5,000,000 sponsors’ warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant ($5.0 million in the aggregate). The purchasers are obligated to purchase the sponsors’ warrants from us with their own funds simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. The purchase price of the sponsors’ warrants will be added to the proceeds from this offering to be held in the trust account pending our completion of one or more business combinations. If we do not complete one or more business combinations that meet the criteria described in this prospectus, then the $5.0 million purchase price of the sponsors’ warrants will become part of the liquidating distribution to our public stockholders and the sponsors’ warrants will expire worthless. The sponsors’ warrants will be identical to the warrants underlying the units being offered by this prospectus except that the warrants will not be transferable or salable by the purchasers (except to a permitted transferee providing the transferee agrees to be bound by the transfer restrictions), until the consummation of an initial business combination, the sponsors’ warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis, at the election of the holder, and will be non-redeemable by us, in each case, so long as such warrants are held by the purchasers or their permitted transferees.

 

Eric J. Watson, Jonathan J. Ledecky and William Morris are our “promoters” as that term is defined under the Federal securities laws.

 

95


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS

 

In October 2007, we issued 14,375,000 founders’ units to the individuals set forth below for an aggregate of $25,000 in cash (the same aggregate consideration paid for founder securities in other similarly structured blank check companies), at a purchase price of approximately $0.002 per unit, as follows:

 

Name


   Number of
Units

  

Relationship to Us


William Morris Agency, LLC

   5,500,000    Stockholder

Summit Trust

   4,150,000    Stockholder formed for the benefit of Mr. Watson and his beneficiaries

Jonathan J. Ledecky

   4,150,000    President, Secretary and Director

Edward J. Mathias

   150,000    Director

Robert B. Hersov

   125,000    Director

Jim Gray

   100,000    Director

John M. Mass

   100,000    Director

Jimmie Lee Solomon, Jr.

   100,000    Director

 

In February 2008, William Morris Agency, LLC transferred its units to William Morris SPAC Holdings, LLC for the same price it originally paid for its units. Also in February 2008, William Morris SPAC Holdings, LLC, Summit Trust and Jonathan J. Ledecky collectively transferred 100,000 units to each of William M. Campbell III, Joel A. Katz, Christopher Ashton Kutcher and Lewis N. Wolff, for the same price originally paid for such units.

 

The founders’ units are identical to the units being sold in this offering, except that:

 

   

up to an aggregate of 1,875,000 founders’ units are subject to forfeiture by our founders to the extent that the over-allotment option is not exercised in full by the underwriters;

 

   

the founders’ units will be placed in escrow and the founders’ common stock and founders’ warrants are subject to the transfer restrictions and entitled to the registration rights described in this prospectus;

 

   

the founders’ warrants will become exercisable after the consummation of our initial business combination if and when the last sales price of our common stock exceeds $15.00 per share for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period beginning 90 days after the initial business combination;

 

   

the founders’ warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis, at the election of the holder, and will not be redeemable by us, in each case, as long as they are held by the founders or their permitted transferees;

 

   

the founders have agreed to (i) vote the founders’ common stock in the same manner as the majority of shares voted by the public stockholders at the special or annual meeting called for the purpose of approving our initial business combination; and (ii) vote in favor of our dissolution and liquidation in the event that we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months or 30 months from the date of this prospectus, as applicable.

 

   

the founders will not be able to exercise conversion rights (as described below) with respect to the founders’ common stock; and

 

   

the founders have agreed to waive their rights to participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to the founders’ common stock if we fail to consummate an initial business combination.

 

If the underwriters determine not to exercise their over-allotment option in full or in part, our founders have agreed to forfeit to us, at no cost to us, up to an aggregate of 1,875,000 founders’ units, in proportion to the portion of the over-allotment option that was exercised. If such founders’ units are forfeited, we would record the aggregate fair value of the founders’ units forfeited and reacquired to treasury stock and a corresponding credit to additional paid-in capital based on the difference between the fair market value of the founders’ units forfeited and the price paid to us for such forfeited founders’ units (which would be an aggregate total of approximately

 

96


Table of Contents

$3,261 for all 1,875,000 founders’ units). Upon receipt, such forfeited founders’ units would then be immediately cancelled which would result in the retirement of the treasury stock and a corresponding charge to additional paid-in capital.

 

If the underwriters determine the size of the offering should be increased or decreased, a unit dividend or a contribution back to capital, as applicable, would be effectuated in order to maintain our founders’ ownership at a percentage of the number of shares to be sold in this offering. Such an increase in offering size could also result in a proportionate increase in the amount of interest we may withdraw from the trust account. As a result of an increase in the size of the offering, the per-share conversion or liquidation price could decrease by as much as $            . The offering size will not be decreased after the date of this prospectus.

 

The holders of the majority of the shares of founders’ common stock and founders’ warrants will be entitled to demand that we register the resale of these securities (and underlying shares of common stock) pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the date of this prospectus. The holders of the majority of these securities may elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing the earlier of (i) nine months after the consummation of our initial business combination or (ii) the date the securities are released from escrow. In addition, these stockholders have certain “piggyback” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the date on which these securities are released from escrow. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

 

Eric J. Watson, Jonathan J. Ledecky and William Morris have committed, pursuant to written subscription agreements dated as of December 26, 2007 with us and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., to purchase an aggregate of 5,000,000 sponsors’ warrants (for a total purchase price of $5.0 million) from us. These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. The purchase price for the sponsors’ warrants will be delivered to Graubard Miller, our counsel in connection with this offering, who will also be acting solely as escrow agent in connection with the private sale of sponsors’ warrants, at least 24 hours prior to the date of this prospectus until we consummate this offering. Graubard Miller will deposit the purchase price into the trust account simultaneously with the consummation of the offering. The sponsors’ warrants will be identical to the warrants underlying the units being offered by this prospectus except that the warrants will not be transferable or salable by the purchasers (except to their permitted transferees, providing the transferee agrees to be bound by the transfer restrictions) until we complete a business combination, they will be exercisable on a cashless basis, at the election of the holder, and will be non-redeemable by us, in each case, as long as such warrants are held by the purchasers or their permitted transferees. The holders of the majority of these sponsors’ warrants (or underlying shares) will be entitled to demand that we register the resale of these securities pursuant to the registration rights agreement referred to above. The holders of the majority of these securities may elect to exercise these registration rights with respect to such securities commencing 90 days after we consummate a business combination. In addition, these holders will have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to such date. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, Eric J. Watson and Jonathan J. Ledecky have loaned to us an aggregate of $135,000 to cover expenses related to this offering. The loans will be payable without interest on the earlier of November 20, 2008 or the consummation of this offering. We intend to repay these loans from the proceeds of this offering not being placed in the trust account. We will not incur any penalties if we are unable to repay the advances made to us by Messrs. Watson and Ledecky.

 

We will reimburse our management team for any reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by them in connection with certain activities on our behalf such as identifying and investigating possible target businesses and business combinations. There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses that could be incurred; provided, however, that to the extent such out-of-pocket expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the trust account and interest income of up to $5.0 million on the balance in the trust account, such out-of-pocket expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate our initial business combination. Our audit committee will review and ratify all payments made to our officers, directors and affiliates, with the interested director or directors abstaining from such review.

 

97


Table of Contents

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials furnished to our stockholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of a stockholder meeting held to consider an initial business combination, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation. In this event, such compensation will be publicly disclosed at the time of its determination in a Current Report on Form 8-K, as required by the SEC.

 

All ongoing and future transactions between us and any member of our management team or their respective affiliates, including loans by members of our management team, will be on terms believed by us at that time, based upon other similar arrangements known to us, to be no less favorable than are available from unaffiliated third parties. Such transactions or loans, including any forgiveness of loans, will require prior approval in each instance by our audit committee who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel. It is our intention to obtain estimates from unaffiliated third parties for similar goods or services to ascertain whether such transactions with affiliates are on terms that are no less favorable to us than are otherwise available from such unaffiliated third parties. If a transaction with an affiliated third party were found to be on terms less favorable to us than with an unaffiliated third party, we would not engage in such transaction.

 

Related party policy

 

Our Code of Ethics requires us to avoid, wherever possible, all related party transactions that could result in actual or potential conflicts of interest, except under guidelines approved by the board of directors (or the audit committee). Related-party transactions are defined as transactions in which (1) the aggregate amount involved will or may be expected to exceed $120,000 in any calendar year, (2) we or any of our subsidiaries is a participant, and (3) any (a) executive officer, director or nominee for election as a director, (b) greater than 5 percent beneficial owner of our common stock, or (c) immediate family member, of the persons referred to in clauses (a) and (b), has or will have a direct or indirect material interest (other than solely as a result of being a director or a less than 10 percent beneficial owner of another entity). A conflict of interest situation can arise when a person takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest may also arise if a person, or a member of his or her family, receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position. While we have agreed not to consummate a business combination with an entity which is affiliated with any of our officers, directors or founders, we are not prohibited from entering into other related-party transactions.

 

Our audit committee, pursuant to its written charter, is responsible for reviewing and approving related-party transactions to the extent we enter into such transactions. The audit committee will consider all relevant factors when determining whether to approve a related party transaction, including whether the related party transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. No director may participate in the approval of any transaction in which he is a related party, but that director is required to provide the audit committee with all material information concerning the transaction. Additionally, we require each of our directors and executive officers to complete a directors’ and officers’ questionnaire that elicits information about related party transactions. These procedures are intended to determine whether any such related party transaction impairs the independence of a director or presents a conflict of interest on the part of a director, employee or officer.

 

98


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

 

As of the date of this prospectus, our authorized capital stock consists of 250,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value, and 1,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value. As of the date of this prospectus, 14,375,000 shares of common stock are outstanding, held by eleven stockholders of record. No shares of preferred stock are currently outstanding. The following description summarizes the material terms of our capital stock. Because it is only a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you. For a complete description you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

Units

 

Public Stockholders Units

 

Each unit consists of one share of common stock and one half of one warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of common stock. Warrants may be exercised only in increments of one whole warrant. Because each unit includes one half of one warrant, holders will need to have two units in order to have one warrant. The common stock and warrants will begin to trade separately on the 35th day after the date of this prospectus unless Citigroup Global Markets Inc. informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, provided that in no event may the common stock and warrants be traded separately until we have filed with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering and issued a press release announcing that such separate trading will begin. No fractional warrants will be issued and only whole warrants will trade. We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes this audited balance sheet promptly upon the consummation of this offering. The audited balance sheet will reflect proceeds we receive from the exercise of the over-allotment option, if the over-allotment option is exercised prior to the filing of the Form 8-K. If the over-allotment option is exercised after our initial filing of a Form 8-K, we will file an amendment to the Form 8-K to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the over-allotment option. We will also include in this Form 8-K, an amendment thereto, or in a subsequent Form 8-K information indicating if Citigroup Global Markets Inc. has allowed separate trading of the common stock and warrants prior to the 35th day after the date of this prospectus and issue a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin.

 

Founders’ Units

 

In October 2007, we issued 14,375,000 units to our founders for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000 in cash. The founders’ units are identical to the units being sold in this offering, except that:

 

   

up to an aggregate of 1,875,000 founders’ units, representing 1,875,000 shares of common stock and 937,500 warrants, are subject to forfeiture by our founders to the extent that the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters;

 

   

the founders’ units will be placed in escrow and the founders’ common stock and founders’ warrants are subject to certain transfer restrictions described below;

 

   

the founders’ warrants will become exercisable after the completion of our initial business combination if and when the last sales price of our common stock exceeds $15.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period beginning 90 days after the business combination;

 

   

the founders’ warrants are exercisable on a cashless basis , at the holder’s election, and will not be redeemable by us, in each case, as long as they are held by the founders or their permitted transferees;

 

   

the founders have agreed to vote the founders’ common stock (i) in the same manner as a majority of the shares of common stock voted by public stockholders at the special or annual meeting called for the

 

99


Table of Contents
 

purpose of approving our initial business combination and (ii) in favor of our dissolution and liquidation in the event that we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months or 30 months from the date of this prospectus, as applicable;

 

   

the founders will not be able to exercise conversion rights with respect to the founders’ common stock; and

 

   

the founders have agreed to waive their rights to participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to the founders’ common stock if we fail to consummate an initial business combination.

 

The founders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise transfer any of the founders’ units until 180 days after the date of the completion of a business combination. In addition, the founders are entitled to registration rights with respect to founders’ common stock and founders’ warrants under an agreement to be signed on or before the date of this prospectus.

 

Common stock

 

As of the date of this prospectus, there were 14,375,000 shares of common stock outstanding held by eight stockholders of record. Upon closing of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and 1,875,000 shares are forfeited by the founders), 62,500,000 shares of common stock will be outstanding. Holders of common stock will have exclusive voting rights for the election of our directors and all other matters requiring stockholder action, except with respect to amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that alter or change the powers, preferences, rights or other terms of any outstanding preferred stock if the holders of such affected series of preferred stock are entitled to vote on such an amendment. Holders of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share on matters to be voted on by stockholders and also will be entitled to receive such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors in its discretion out of funds legally available therefore. After an initial business combination is concluded, if ever, and upon our liquidation or dissolution, the public stockholders will be entitled to receive pro rata all assets remaining available for distribution to stockholders after payment of all liabilities and provision for the liquidation of any shares of preferred stock at the time outstanding.

 

Our board of directors is divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voted for the election of directors can elect all of the directors.

 

In connection with the vote required for our initial business combination, our founders have agreed to vote the founders’ common stock (i) in accordance with the majority of the shares of common stock voted by the public stockholders and (ii) in favor of our dissolution and liquidation in the event that we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months or 30 months from the date of this prospectus, as applicable. Furthermore, our founders have agreed that they will vote any shares of common stock acquired in or after this offering (i) in favor of a proposed business combination and (ii) in favor of our dissolution and liquidation in the event that we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months or 30 months from the date of this prospectus, as applicable. Thus, additional purchases of shares of common stock by our founders, including our officers or directors, would likely allow them to exert additional influence over the approval of our initial business combination. The factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our common stock. Another factor that would be taken into consideration would be that any such additional purchases would likely increase the chances that our initial business combination would be approved. As a result, our founders will not be able to exercise the conversion rights with respect to shares acquired by them before, in or after this offering. In connection with the vote required for our initial business combination, a majority of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock (whether or not held by public stockholders) will constitute a quorum. If any other matters are voted on by our stockholders at an annual or special meeting, our founders may vote all their shares, whenever acquired, as they

 

100


Table of Contents

see fit. On completion of our initial business combination, the underwriters will be entitled to receive the deferred underwriters’ discounts and commissions then held in the trust account, exclusive of interest thereon.

 

We will proceed with our initial business combination only if a majority of the shares of common stock voted by the public stockholders are voted in favor of the business combination and public stockholders owning less than 30% of the shares sold in this offering exercise their conversion rights discussed below. Voting against the initial business combination alone will not result in conversion of a stockholder’s shares into a pro rata share of the trust account. A stockholder must have also exercised the conversion rights described below for a conversion to be effective.

 

Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, if we do not consummate an initial business combination by 24 months after consummation of this offering (or within 30 months from the consummation of this offering if a definitive agreement has been executed within 24 months after consummation of this offering and the initial business combination has not yet been consummated within such 24-month period), our corporate purpose will be limited to dissolving, liquidating and winding up. Our board of directors will consider a resolution to dissolve our company and will seek stockholder approval for a plan of distribution. If our stockholders vote to liquidate prior to an initial business combination, our public stockholders are entitled to share ratably in the trust account, inclusive of any interest not previously released to us to fund working capital requirements and net of any income taxes due on such interest, which income taxes, if any, shall be paid from the trust fund, and any assets remaining available for distribution to them. If we do not complete an initial business combination and the trustee must distribute the balance of the trust account, the underwriters have agreed that: (i) they will forfeit any rights or claims to their deferred underwriting discounts and commissions, including any accrued interest thereon, then in the trust account, and (ii) the deferred underwriters’ discounts and commission will be distributed on a pro rata basis among the public stockholders, together with any accrued interest thereon and net of income taxes payable on such interest. Our founders have agreed to waive their respective rights to participate in any liquidation distribution occurring upon our failure to consummate a business combination with respect to the founders’ common stock. Our founders will therefore not participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to such shares. They will, however, participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to any shares of common stock acquired in connection with or following this offering.

 

Our stockholders have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to the common stock, except that public stockholders have the right to have their shares of common stock converted to cash equal to their pro rata share of the trust account plus any interest earned thereon then held in the trust account, if they vote against the initial business combination and the initial business combination is approved and completed. Public stockholders who convert their shares of common stock into their pro rata share of the trust account will retain the right to exercise any warrants they own if they previously purchased units or warrants.

 

The payment of dividends, if ever, on the common stock will be subject to the prior payment of dividends on any outstanding preferred stock, of which there is currently none.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. Our board of directors will be authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. Our board of directors will be able to, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the common stock and could have anti-takeover effects. The ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of us or the removal of existing management by diluting the stock ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of our company or remove existing management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation prohibits us,

 

101


Table of Contents

prior to an initial business combination, from issuing preferred stock which participates in any manner in the proceeds of the trust account, or which votes as a class with the common stock on a business combination. We may issue some or all of the preferred stock to effect an initial business combination. We have no preferred stock outstanding at the date hereof. Although we do not currently intend to issue any shares of preferred stock, we cannot assure you that we will not do so in the future. No shares of preferred stock are being issued or registered in this offering.

 

Warrants

 

Public Stockholders’ Warrants

 

Each public warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of common stock at a price of $5.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing on the later of:

 

   

the completion of a business combination; or

 

   

one year from the date of this prospectus.

 

However, the warrants will be exercisable only if a registration statement relating to the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and current. The warrants will expire five years from the date of this prospectus at 5:00 p.m., New York time, or earlier upon redemption.

 

At any time while the warrants are exercisable and there is an effective registration statement covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants available and current, we may call the outstanding warrants (except as described below with respect to the sponsors’ warrants) for redemption:

 

   

in whole and not in part;

 

   

at a price of $.01 per warrant;

 

   

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption (the 30-day redemption period) to each warrant holder; and

 

   

if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the common stock equals or exceeds $15.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the notice of redemption to warrant holders.

 

We will not redeem the warrants unless an effective registration statement covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and current throughout the 30-day redemption period. The underwriters do not have any consent rights in connection with our exercise of our redemption rights.

 

We have established these redemption criteria to provide warrant holders with a significant premium to the initial warrant exercise price as well as a sufficient degree of liquidity to cushion the market reaction, if any, to our redemption call. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue notice of redemption of the warrants, each warrant holder shall be entitled to exercise his or her warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, there can be no assurance that the price of the common stock will exceed the redemption trigger price or the warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.

 

If we call the warrants for redemption, we will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” though the public stockholders are not eligible to do so at their own option. In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of common stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the common stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants.

 

102


Table of Contents

The warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. You should review a copy of the warrant agreement, which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, for a complete description of the terms and conditions of the warrants.

 

The exercise price and number of shares of common stock issuable on exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the exercise price and number of shares of common stock issuable on exercise of the warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of common stock at a price below the warrant exercise price.

 

The warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. On the exercise of any warrant, the warrant exercise price will be paid directly to us and not placed in the trust account. In no event may the warrants be net cash settled. Warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of common stock, including voting rights, until they exercise their warrants and receive shares of common stock. After the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.

 

No warrants will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue shares of common stock unless at the time a holder seeks to exercise such warrant, a prospectus relating to the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is current and the common stock has been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants. Under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to use our best efforts to meet these conditions and to maintain a current prospectus relating to the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so and, if we do not maintain a current prospectus relating to the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, holders will be unable to exercise their warrants and we will not be required to net cash settle any such warrant exercise. If the prospectus relating to the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants is not current or if the common stock is not qualified or exempt from qualification in the jurisdictions in which the holders of the warrants reside, we will not be required to net cash settle or cash settle the warrant exercise, the warrants may have no value, the market for the warrants may be limited, the warrants may expire worthless and, as a result, an investor may have paid the full unit price solely for the common stock included in the units.

 

No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If a holder exercises warrants and would be entitled to receive a fractional interest of a share, we will round up or down the number of shares of common stock to be issued to the warrant holder to the nearest whole number of shares.

 

Founders’ Warrants

 

The founders’ warrants will be identical to the warrants underlying the units being offered by this prospectus except that the founders’ warrants will become exercisable after our consummation of a business combination if and when the last sales price of our common stock exceeds $15.00 per share for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period beginning 90 days after the initial business combination and the founders’ warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis, at the election of the holder, and will not be redeemable by us, in each case, as long as they are held by the founders or their permitted transferees. The founders’ warrants are subject to the transfer restrictions that apply to the founders’ units. In addition, they may be exercised for unregistered shares if a registration statement relating to the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective and current. The founders’ warrants and underlying shares of common stock are also entitled to registration rights under an agreement to be signed on or before the date of this prospectus.

 

103


Table of Contents

Sponsors’ Warrants

 

The sponsors’ warrants will be identical to the warrants underlying the units being offered by this prospectus except that the warrants will not be transferable or salable by the purchasers (except to a permitted transferee, providing the transferee agrees to be bound by the transfer restrictions) until we complete a business combination. The sponsors’ warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis, the holder’s election, and will not be redeemable by us, in each case, as long as such warrants are held by the purchasers or their permitted transferees. In addition, they may be exercised for unregistered shares if a registration statement relating to the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective and current and commencing on the date such warrants become exercisable, the sponsors’ warrants and the underlying shares of common stock are entitled to registration rights under an agreement to be signed on or before the date of this prospectus.

 

Our Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent

 

The transfer agent for our securities and warrant agent for our warrants is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 17 Broadway, New York, New York 10004.

 

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law and our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws

 

Staggered board of directors

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors of approximately equal size. As a result, in most circumstances, a person can gain control of our board only by successfully engaging in a proxy contest at two or more annual meetings.

 

Special meeting of stockholders

 

Our bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority vote of our board of directors, by our president or by our chairman or by our secretary at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority of our issued and outstanding capital stock entitled to vote.

 

Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations

 

Our bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders must provide timely notice of their intent in writing. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice will need to be delivered to our principal executive offices not later than the close of business on the 60th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 90th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders. These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders.

 

Authorized but unissued shares

 

Our authorized but unissued common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

 

104


Table of Contents

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors and officers will be indemnified by us to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware law as it now exists or may in the future be amended. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to us for breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors, unless they violated their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized unlawful payments of dividends, unlawful stock purchases or unlawful redemptions, or derived an improper personal benefit from their actions as directors.

 

Our bylaws also will permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director or employee for any liability arising out of his or her actions, regardless of whether Delaware law would permit indemnification. We will purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify the directors and officers.

 

These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

Securities Eligible for Future Sale

 

Immediately after this offering, we will have 62,500,000 shares of common stock outstanding, or 71,875,000 shares of common stock if the over-allotment option is exercised in full. Of these shares, the 50,000,000 shares, or 57,500,000 shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All of the remaining 12,500,000 shares (or 14,375,000 shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) are restricted securities under Rule 144, in that they were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering.

 

Rule 144

 

The SEC has recently adopted amendments to Rule 144 which became effective on February 15, 2008 and will apply to securities acquired both before and after that date. Under these amendments, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our ordinary shares or warrants for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our ordinary shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the total number of securities of the same class then outstanding, which will equal 625,000 shares immediately after this offering (or 718,750 shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option); or

 

105


Table of Contents
   

the average weekly trading volume of such securities during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale

 

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

 

Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies

 

Historically, the SEC staff has taken the position that Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by companies that are, or previously were, blank check companies, like us. The SEC has codified and expanded this position in the amendments discussed above by prohibiting the use of Rule 144 for resale of securities issued by any shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or any issuer that has been at any time previously a shell company. The SEC has provided an important exception to this prohibition, however, if the following conditions are met:

 

   

the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

 

   

the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

 

   

the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Form 8-K reports; and

 

   

at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.

 

As a result, pursuant to Rule 144, our founders will be able to sell the founders’ units and sponsors’ warrants (and underlying common stock) freely without registration one year after we have completed our initial business combination if they are no longer affiliated with us at that time.

 

Registration rights

 

The holders of the founders’ common stock and founders’ warrants (and underlying securities), as well as the holders of the sponsors’ warrants (and underlying securities), will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering. The holders of the majority of these securities are entitled to make up to two demands that register such securities. The holders of a majority of the founders’ common stock or founders’ warrants may elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing the earlier of (i) nine months after the consummation of our initial business combination or (ii) the date the shares are released from escrow. Additionally, the holders of a majority of the sponsors’ warrants (or underlying securities) can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time beginning 90 days after we consummate our initial business combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our consummation of a business combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

 

Listing

 

We intend to apply to have our units listed on the American Stock Exchange. If our units are listed on the American Stock Exchange, they will be listed under the symbol “            .U” and, once the common stock and warrants begin separate trading, to have our common stock and warrants listed on the American Stock Exchange under the symbols “            ” and “            .WS,” respectively.

 

106


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO U.S. HOLDERS

 

This is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to your acquisition, ownership and disposition of our units (unless otherwise provided, all references to “units” include units or components thereof), if you are a beneficial owner that is:

 

   

a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in, or under the laws of, the United States or any political subdivision of the United States;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust, if either (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) such trust has made a valid election under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances, and it does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules, such as: certain financial institutions; insurance companies; dealers and traders in securities or foreign currencies; persons holding our securities as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion transaction or other integrated transaction; persons whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar; partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes; persons liable for the alternative minimum tax; and tax-exempt organizations. This discussion does not address any income tax consequences to holders who do not hold our units as capital assets within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”).

 

The following does not discuss any aspect of state, local or non-U.S. taxation. This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations, judicial opinions, published positions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and all other applicable authorities, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion is not intended as tax advice.

 

If a partnership holds our units, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our units, you should consult your tax advisor.

 

We urge prospective U.S. investors to consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income, estate and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of our units.

 

Allocation of Basis

 

Each unit will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as an investment unit consisting of one share of our common stock and one half of one warrant to acquire one share of our common stock, subject to adjustment. In determining your basis for the common stock and one half of one warrant comprising a unit, you should allocate your purchase price for the unit between the components on the basis of their relative fair market values at the time of issuance.

 

The foregoing treatment of the common stock and warrants and a holder’s purchase price allocation are not binding on the IRS or the courts. Because there are no authorities that directly address instruments that are similar to the units, no assurance can be given that the IRS or the courts will agree with the characterization described above or the discussion below. Accordingly, each prospective investor is urged to consult its own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in a unit (including alternative characterizations of a unit) and any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. taxing

 

107


Table of Contents

jurisdiction. Unless otherwise stated, the following discussions are based on the assumption that the characterization of the common stock and warrants described above is accepted for U.S. federal tax purposes.

 

Dividends and Distributions

 

In the event that we make distributions on our common stock, such distributions will be treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. Distributions in excess of our current or accumulated earnings and profits will reduce your basis in the common stock (but not below zero). Any excess over your basis will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the common stock and will be treated as described in the first paragraph under “Sale or Other Disposition or Conversion of Common Stock” below.

 

Dividends we pay to a U.S. holder that is a taxable corporation generally will qualify for the dividends received deduction if the requisite holding period is satisfied. Subject to certain limitations (including a holding period requirement), dividends we pay to a non-corporate U.S. holder generally will be subject to tax at the maximum tax rate accorded to capital gains for tax years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, after which the rate applicable to dividends is currently scheduled to return to the tax rate generally applicable to ordinary income. It is unclear whether the conversion rights with respect to the common stock, described above under “Proposed Business-Effecting a Business Combination Conversion rights”, may prevent a U.S. holder from satisfying the applicable holding period requirements with respect to the dividends received deduction or the capital gain tax rate, as the case may be, with respect to the time period prior to the approval of our initial business combination. However, we do not expect to pay any dividends during such time.

 

Gain or Loss on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock

 

In general, gain or loss you realize on the sale or other disposition of our common stock (other than conversion but including liquidation in the event we do not consummate a business combination within the required time) will be capital gain or loss. Any such capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder’s holding period for the common stock so disposed of exceeds one year. It is unclear whether the conversion rights with respect to the common stock, described above under “Proposed Business-Effecting a Business Combination-Conversion rights”, may suspend the running of the applicable holding period for this purpose with respect to the time period prior to the approval of our initial business combination. In general, a U.S. holder will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received in such disposition (or, if the common stock is held as part of a unit at the time of the disposition, the portion of the amount realized on such disposition that is allocated to the common stock based upon the then fair market values of the common stock and the warrant included in the unit) and (ii) the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock so disposed of. The deduction of losses (including capital losses) realized upon a taxable disposition by a U.S. holder of our common stock (whether or not held as part of a unit) is subject to limitations (including limitations pursuant to the wash sales rules).

 

Conversion of Common Stock

 

In the event that a U.S. holder converts our common stock into a right to receive cash pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right, the transaction will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a redemption of the common stock. If that redemption qualifies as a sale of common stock by the U.S. holder under Section 302 of the Code, the U.S. holder will be treated as described under “U.S. Holders-Gain or Loss on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock” above. If that redemption does not qualify as a sale of common stock under Section 302 of the Code, the U.S. holder will be treated as receiving a corporate distribution with the tax consequences described below. Whether that redemption qualifies for sale treatment will depend largely on the percentage of our stock treated as held by the U.S. holder (including any stock constructively owned by the U.S. holder as a result of, among other things, owning warrants). The conversion of common stock generally will be treated as a sale or exchange of the common stock (rather than as a corporate

 

108


Table of Contents

distribution) if the receipt of cash upon the conversion (i) is “substantially disproportionate” with respect to the U.S. holder, (ii) results in a “complete termination” of the U.S. holder’s interest in us or (iii) is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to the U.S. holder. These tests are explained more fully below.

 

In determining whether any of the foregoing tests are satisfied, a U.S. holder takes into account not only stock actually owned by the U.S. holder, but also shares of our stock that are constructively owned by it. A U.S. holder may constructively own, in addition to stock owned directly, stock owned by certain related individuals and entities in which the U.S. holder has an interest or that have an interest in such U.S. holder, as well as any stock the U.S. holder has a right to acquire by exercise of an option, which would generally include common stock which could be acquired pursuant to the exercise of the warrants. In order to meet the substantially disproportionate test, the percentage of our outstanding voting stock actually and constructively owned by the U.S. holder immediately following the conversion of common stock must, among other requirements, be less than 80% of the percentage of our outstanding voting stock actually and constructively owned by the U.S. holder immediately before the conversion. There will be a complete termination of a U.S. holder’s interest if either (i) all of the shares of our stock actually and constructively owned by the U.S. holder are converted or (ii) all of the shares of our stock actually owned by the U.S. holder are converted and the U.S. holder is eligible to waive, and effectively waives in accordance with specific rules, the attribution of stock owned by certain family members and the U.S. holder does not constructively own any other stock. The conversion of the common stock will not be essentially equivalent to a dividend if a U.S. holder’s conversion results in a “meaningful reduction” of the U.S. holder’s proportionate interest in us. Whether the conversion will result in a meaningful reduction in a U.S. holder’s proportionate interest in us will depend on the particular facts and circumstances. However, the IRS has indicated in a published ruling that even a small reduction in the proportionate interest of a small minority stockholder in a publicly held corporation who exercises no control over corporate affairs may constitute such a “meaningful reduction.” A U.S. holder should consult with its own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of an exercise of the conversion right.

 

If none of the foregoing tests are satisfied, then the conversion will be treated as a corporate distribution and the tax effects will be as described under “U.S. Holders-Taxation of Distributions”, above. After the application of those rules, any remaining tax basis of the U.S. holder in the converted common stock will be added to the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its remaining stock, or, if it has none, to the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its warrants or possibly in other shares of our stock constructively owned by it.

 

U.S. holders who actually or constructively own 5% (or, if our stock is not then publicly traded, 1%) or more of our stock (by vote or value) may be subject to special reporting requirements with respect to a conversion of common stock, and such holders should consult with their own tax advisors in that regard.

 

Sale or Other Disposition, Exercise or Expiration of Warrants

 

Upon the sale, exchange (other than by exercise), redemption, expiration or other disposition of a warrant, you will generally recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between (i) the amount realized upon such disposition or expiration (or, if the warrant is held as part of a unit at the time of the disposition of the unit, the portion of the amount realized on such disposition that is allocated to the warrant based on the then fair market values of the warrant and the common stock included in the unit) and (ii) the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the warrant. Such gain or loss will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the warrant was held by the U.S. holder for more than one year at the time of such disposition or expiration. The deduction of losses (including capital losses) realized upon a taxable disposition by a U.S. holder of a warrant (whether or not held as part of a unit) is subject to limitations (including limitations pursuant to the wash sales rules).

 

In general, except as discussed below with respect to the cashless exercise of a warrant, you should not be required to recognize income, gain or loss upon exercise of a warrant. However, if you receive any cash in lieu of a fractional share of common stock, the rules described above under “Gain or Loss on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common” will apply. Your basis in a share of common stock received upon exercise will

 

109


Table of Contents

be equal to the sum of (1) your basis in the warrant and (2) the exercise price of the warrant. Your holding period for the share of our common stock received upon exercise of the warrant should begin on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the warrant and will not include the period during which the U.S. holder held the warrant.

 

The tax consequences of a cashless exercise of a warrant are not clear under current tax law. A cashless exercise may be tax-free, either because the exercise is not a gain recognition event or because the exercise is treated as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In either tax-free situation, a U.S. holder’s basis in the common stock received would equal the holder’s basis in the warrant. If the cashless exercise were treated as not being a gain recognition event, a U.S. holder’s holding period in the common stock would be treated as commencing on the date following the date of exercise of the warrant. If the cashless exercise were treated as a recapitalization, the holding period of the common stock would include the holding period of the warrant.

 

It is also possible that a cashless exercise could be treated as a taxable exchange in which gain or loss would be recognized. In such event, a U.S. holder could be deemed to have surrendered warrants equal to the number of shares of common stock having a value equal to the exercise price for the total number of warrants to be exercised. The U.S. holder would recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the common stock represented by the warrants deemed surrendered and the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the warrants deemed surrendered. In this case, a U.S. holder’s tax basis in the common stock received would equal the sum of the fair market value of the common stock represented by the warrants deemed surrendered and the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the warrants exercised. A U.S. holder’s holding period for the common stock would commence on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly on the date of exercise) of the warrant.

 

Due to the absence of authority on the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a cashless exercise, there can be no assurance which, if any, of the alternative tax consequences and holding periods described above would be adopted by the IRS or a court of law. Accordingly, U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of a cashless exercise.

 

Constructive Dividends on Warrants

 

If at any time during the period you hold warrants we were to pay a taxable dividend to our stockholders and, in accordance with the anti-dilution provisions of the warrants, the conversion rate of the warrants were increased, that increase would be deemed to be the payment of a taxable dividend to you to the extent of our earnings and profits, notwithstanding the fact that you will not receive a cash payment. If the conversion rate is adjusted in certain other circumstances (or in certain circumstances, there is a failure to make adjustments), such adjustments may also result in the deemed payment of a taxable dividend to you. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the proper treatment of any adjustments to the warrants.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

Information returns will be filed with the IRS in connection with payments of dividends and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of the units. U.S. holders must provide appropriate certification to avoid U.S. federal backup withholding.

 

The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to you will be allowed as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle you to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

 

110


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

 

This is a general summary of material United States federal income and estate tax considerations with respect to your acquisition, ownership and disposition of our units if you are a beneficial owner other than:

 

   

a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in, or under the laws of, the United States or any political subdivision of the United States;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust, if either (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) such trust has made a valid election under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

 

This summary does not address all of the United States federal income and estate tax considerations that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances or if you are a beneficial owner subject to special treatment under United States federal income tax laws (such as a “controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company,” or a company that accumulates earnings to avoid United States federal income tax, foreign tax-exempt organization, financial institution, broker or dealer in securities or former United States citizen or resident). This summary does not discuss any aspect of state, local or non-United States taxation. This summary is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), Treasury regulations, judicial opinions, published positions of the United States Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and all other applicable authorities, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary is not intended as tax advice.

 

If a partnership holds our units, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our units, you should consult your tax advisor.

 

We urge prospective non-United States stockholders to consult their tax advisors regarding the United States federal, state, local and non-United States income, estate and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of our units.

 

Dividends

 

In general, any distributions we make to you with respect to the shares of common stock included within the units that constitute dividends for United States federal income tax purposes will be subject to United States withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount, unless you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty and you provide proper certification of your eligibility for such reduced rate (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN). A distribution will constitute a dividend for United States federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under the Code. Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated first as reducing your basis in your shares of common stock and, to the extent it exceeds your basis, as gain from the disposition of your shares of common stock treated as described under “Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock and Warrants” below. In addition, if we determine that we are likely to be classified as a “United States real property holding corporation” (see “Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock and Warrants” below), we will withhold 10% of any distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits as provided by the Code.

 

Dividends we pay to you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if certain income tax treaties apply, are attributable to a United States permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you) generally will not be subject to United States withholding tax if

 

111


Table of Contents

you comply with applicable certification and disclosure requirements (usually by providing an IRS Form W-8ECI). Instead, such dividends generally will be subject to United States federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at the same graduated individual or corporate rates applicable to United States persons. If you are a corporation, effectively connected income may also be subject to a “branch profits tax” at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty).

 

Constructive Dividends on Warrants

 

If at any time during the period you hold warrants we were to pay a taxable dividend to our stockholders and, in accordance with the anti-dilution provisions of the warrants, the conversion rate of the warrants were increased, that increase would be deemed to be the payment of a taxable dividend to you to the extent of our earnings and profits, notwithstanding the fact that you will not receive a cash payment. If the conversion rate is adjusted in certain other circumstances (or in certain circumstances, there is a failure to make adjustments), such adjustments may also result in the deemed payment of a taxable dividend to you. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the proper treatment of any adjustments to the warrants.

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

You generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the exercise of the warrants into shares of common stock. However, if a cashless exercise of warrants results in a taxable exchange, or if you receive any cash in lieu of a fractional share of common stock, the rules described below under “Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock and Warrants” will apply.

 

Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock and Warrants

 

You generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock (which would include a dissolution and liquidation in the event we do not consummate an initial business combination within the required timeframe) or warrants (including an expiration or redemption of our warrants), unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, under certain income tax treaties, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment or fixed base you maintain);

 

   

you are an individual, you hold your shares of common stock or warrants as capital assets, you are present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and you meet other conditions, and you are not eligible for relief under an applicable income tax treaty; or

 

   

we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes and, in the case where the shares of our common stock are regularly traded on an established securities market, you hold or have held, directly or indirectly, at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding disposition or your holding period for your shares of common stock or warrants, more than 5% of our common stock. Special rules may apply to the determination of the 5% threshold in the case of a holder of a warrant. You are urged to consult your own tax advisors regarding the effect of holding the warrants on the calculation of such 5% threshold. We will be classified as a United States real property holding corporation if the fair market value of our “United States real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of (1) the fair market value of our United States real property interests, (2) the fair market value of our non-United States real property interests and (3) the fair market value of any other of our assets which are used or held for use in our trade or business. Although we currently are not a United States real property holding corporation, we cannot determine whether we will be a United States real property holding corporation in the future until we consummate an initial business combination.

 

Unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise, gain described in the first and third bullet points above generally will be subject to United States federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at the same rates applicable to United States persons. If you are a corporation, any gains described in the first bullet point above

 

112


Table of Contents

may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate. If you are described in the second bullet point above, you generally will be subject to United States federal income tax at a rate of 30% on the gain realized, although the gain may be offset by some United States source capital losses realized during the same taxable year. The gross proceeds from transactions that generate gains described in the third bullet point above will generally be subject to a 10% withholding tax, which may be claimed by the you as a credit against your federal income tax liability. You should consult any income tax treaties applicable to them, as those treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

Conversion of Common Stock

 

The characterization for U.S. federal income tax purposes of a non-U.S. holder’s conversion of our common stock into a right to receive cash pursuant to an exercise of a conversion right generally will correspond to the U.S. federal income tax characterization of the exercise of such a conversion right by a U.S. holder, as described under “U.S. Holders-Conversion of Common Stock” above, and the consequences of the conversion to the non-U.S. holder will be as described above under “Non-U.S. Holders-Dividends” and “Non-U.S. Holders- Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock and Warrants,” as applicable.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

We must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends or other distributions we pay to you on your shares of common stock and the amount of tax we withhold on these distributions regardless of whether withholding is required. The IRS may make copies of the information returns reporting those dividends and amounts withheld available to the tax authorities in the country in which you reside pursuant to the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or exchange of information treaty.

 

The United States imposes a backup withholding tax on dividends and certain other types of payments to United States persons. You will not be subject to backup withholding tax on dividends you receive on your shares of common stock if you provide proper certification (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN) of your status as a non-United States person or you are a corporation or one of several types of entities and organizations that qualify for exemption (an “exempt recipient”).

 

Information reporting and backup withholding generally are not required with respect to the amount of any proceeds from the sale of your shares of common stock or warrants outside the United States through a foreign office of a foreign broker that does not have certain specified connections to the United States. However, if you sell your shares of common stock or warrants through a United States broker or the United States office of a foreign broker, the broker will be required to report to the IRS the amount of proceeds paid to you unless you provide appropriate certification (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN) to the broker of your status as a non-United States person or you are an exempt recipient. Information reporting also would apply if you sell your shares of common stock or warrants through a foreign broker deriving more than a specified percentage of its income from United States sources or having certain other connections to the United States.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld with respect to your shares of common stock or warrants under the backup withholding rules will be refunded to you or credited against your United States federal income tax liability, if any, by the IRS provided that certain required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

 

Federal Estate Tax

 

Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident (as defined for United States federal estate tax purposes) of the United States at the time of his or her death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes and therefore may be subject to United States federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise. The foregoing may also apply to warrants.

 

113


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is acting as sole bookrunning manager of the offering and representative of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement, each underwriter named below has agreed to purchase and we have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of units set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.

 

Underwriter


   Number of
Units


Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

    
    

Total

   50,000,000
    

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the units included in this offering are subject to the following material conditions: the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part being effective, delivery of legal opinions, the accuracy of the representations and warranties made by the company in the underwriting agreement, delivery of an accountant’s “comfort letter,” FINRA approval of the underwriters’ compensation arrangements, listing of the securities on the American Stock Exchange (subject to notice of issuance) and the execution and delivery of certain agreements including those to be filed as exhibits to the registration statement, which can be waived by the underwriters in their sole discretion. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all of the units (other than those covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any of the units.

 

The underwriters propose to offer some of the units directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of the units to dealers at the public offering price less a concession not to exceed $            per unit. After the underwriters purchase the units from us, if all of the units are not sold by the underwriters to the public at the initial offering price in this initial public offering, the representative may change the public offering price and the other selling terms. Citigroup Global Markets Inc. has advised us that the underwriters do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of units offered by them.

 

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 7,500,000 additional units at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional units approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment.

 

We and our officers and directors have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., offer, sell, contract to sell, transfer, pledge, dispose of or hedge, directly or indirectly, any of our units, warrants, shares or any other securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. Citigroup Global Markets Inc. in its sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice. The 180-day lock-up period will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or event.

 

In addition, the founders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise transfer any of the founders’ common stock and founders’ warrants and underlying securities until 180 days after the date we complete our initial business combination, and the purchasers of the sponsors’ warrants have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise transfer any of the sponsors’ warrants until we complete our initial business combination.

 

114


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

 

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “relevant member state”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the “relevant implementation date”), an offer of our units described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to our units that has been approved by the competent authority in that relevant member state or, where appropriate, approved in another relevant member state and notified to the competent authority in that relevant member state, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the relevant implementation date, an offer of our units may be made to the public in that relevant member state at any time:

 

   

to any legal entity that is authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities or

 

   

to any legal entity that has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or

 

   

in any other circumstances that do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

Each purchaser of our units described in this prospectus located within a relevant member state will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

 

For the purpose of this provision, the expression an “offer of units to the public in relation to any units” in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the units to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the units as the expression may be varied in that relevant member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that relevant member state, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state.

 

We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of units through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the units as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the units, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the units on behalf of the sellers or the underwriters.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

 

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive (“Qualified Investors”) that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant persons should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in France

 

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the units described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or by the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers.

 

115


Table of Contents

The units have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the units has been or will be

 

   

released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France or

 

   

used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the units to the public in France.

 

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only

 

   

to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with, Article L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734- 1, D.744-1, D.754- 1 and D.764- 1 of the French Code monétaire et financier or

 

   

to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

 

   

in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1°-or-2°-or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Règlement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer (appel public à l’épargne).

 

The units may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with Articles L.41 1-1, L.41 1-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier.

 

We intend to apply to have our units listed on the American Stock Exchange. If our units are listed on the American Stock Exchange, they will be listed under the symbol “            .U” and, once the common stock and warrants begin separate trading, our common stock and warrants will be listed on the American Stock Exchange under the symbols “            ” and “            .WS,” respectively.

 

The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional units.

 

     Paid by Performance
Acquisition Corp.


     No Exercise

   Full Exercise

Per unit

   $ 0.70    $ 0.70

Total

   $ 35,000,000    $ 40,250,000

 

The amounts paid by us in the table above include $20.0 million in deferred underwriting discounts and commissions (or approximately $23.0 million if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), an amount equal to 4.0% of the gross proceeds of this offering, which will be placed in trust until our completion of an initial business combination as described in this prospectus. If we consummate our initial business combination, the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions will be released to the underwriters out of the balance held in the trust account. If we do not complete our initial business combination and the trustee must distribute the balance of the trust account, the underwriters have agreed that (i) on our liquidation they will forfeit any rights or claims to their deferred underwriting discounts and commissions, including any accrued interest thereon, then in the trust account, and (ii) that the deferred underwriters’ discounts and commissions will be distributed on a pro rata basis, together with any accrued interest thereon and net of income taxes payable on such interest, to the public stockholders.

 

In connection with the offering, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. on behalf of the underwriters, may purchase and sell units in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve syndicate sales of units in excess of the number of units to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. “Covered” short sales are

 

116


Table of Contents

sales of units made in an amount up to the number of units represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option. In determining the source of units to close out the covered syndicate short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of units available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase units through the over-allotment option. Transactions to close out the covered syndicate short position involve either purchases of the units in the open market after the distribution has been completed or the exercise of the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also make “naked” short sales of units in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing units in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the units in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for or purchases of units in the open market while the offering is in progress.

 

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when Citigroup Global Markets Inc. repurchases units originally sold by that syndicate member in order to cover syndicate short positions or make stabilizing purchases.

 

Any of these activities may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the units. They may also cause the price of the units to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the American Stock Exchange or in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

 

We estimate that our portion of the total expenses of this offering payable by us will be $700,000, exclusive of underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

The underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business.

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by one or more of the underwriters on a website maintained by one or more of the underwriters. Citigroup Global Markets Inc. may agree to allocate a number of units to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Citigroup Global Markets Inc. will allocate units to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, units may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell units to online brokerage account holders.

 

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

 

Although we are not under any contractual obligation to engage any of the underwriters to provide any services for us after this offering, and have no present intent to do so, any of the underwriters may, among other things, introduce us to potential target businesses or assist us in raising additional capital, as needs may arise in the future. If any of the underwriters provide services to us after this offering, we may pay such underwriter fair and reasonable fees that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation; provided that no agreement will be entered into with any of the underwriters and no fees for such services will be paid to any of the underwriters prior to the date which is 90 days after the date of this prospectus, unless the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority determines that such payment would not be deemed underwriters’ compensation in connection with this offering.

 

117


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Graubard Miller, New York, New York is acting as counsel in connection with the registration of our securities under the Securities Act of 1933, and as such, will pass upon the validity of the securities offered in this prospectus. In connection with this offering, Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, New York, New York, is acting as counsel to the underwriters.

 

EXPERTS

 

The financial statements of Performance Acquisition Corp. (a development stage company) at November 30, 2007 and for the period from October 24, 2007 (inception) through November 30, 2007 included in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Marcum & Kliegman LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report, thereon (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to substantial doubt about the ability of Performance Acquisition Corp. to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the financial statements), appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance on such report given upon such firm’s authority as an expert in auditing and accounting.

 

118


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the securities we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information about us and our securities, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are materially complete but may not include a description of all aspects of such contracts, agreements or other documents, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and current event reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facility at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

 

You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

 

119


Table of Contents

Performance Acquisition Corp.

(a development stage company)

Index to Financial Statements

 

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

   F-2

Financial Statements

    

Balance sheet as of November 30, 2007

   F-3

Statement of operations for the period October 24, 2007 (inception) through November 30, 2007

   F-4

Statement of stockholders’ equity for the period October 24, 2007 (inception) through November 30, 2007

   F-5

Statement of cash flows for the period October 24, 2007 (inception) through November 30, 2007

   F-6

Notes to financial statements

   F-7 – F-14

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors

of Performance Acquisition Corp.

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Performance Acquisition Corp. (a development stage company) (the “Company”) as of November 30, 2007, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from October 24, 2007 (inception) through November 30, 2007. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Performance Acquisition Corp. (a development stage company) as of November 30, 2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from October 24, 2007 (inception) through November 30, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has no present revenue, its business plan is dependent on completion of a financing and the Company’s cash and working capital as of November 30, 2007 are not sufficient to complete its planned activities for the upcoming year. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans regarding these matters are also described in Notes 1 and 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

/s/ Marcum & Kliegman LLP

 

Marcum & Kliegman LLP

Melville, New York

December 26, 2007, except for Note 4 as to which

the date is February 29, 2008

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Performance Acquisition Corp.

(a development stage company)

Balance Sheet

 

     November 30,
2007


 

ASSETS

        

Current assets:

        

Cash

   $ 112,508  
    


Total current assets

     112,508  

Deferred offering costs

     37,500  
    


Total assets

   $ 150,008  
    


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

        

Current liabilities:

        

Accrued expenses

   $ 1,000  

Notes payable to stockholders

     125,000  
    


Total liabilities

     126,000  
    


Commitments and contingencies

        

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Preferred stock, $.0001 par value

        

Authorized 1,000,000 shares; none issued or outstanding

     —    

Common stock, $.0001 par value

        

Authorized 250,000,000 shares

        

Issued and outstanding 14,375,000 shares(1)

     1,438  

Additional paid in capital

     23,562  

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (992 )
    


Total stockholders’ equity

     24,008  
    


Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 150,008  
    



(1)   This includes an aggregate of 1,875,000 shares of common stock subject to forfeiture by the initial shareholders to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment is not exercised in full so that the initial shareholders collectively own 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock after the proposed offering.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Performance Acquisition Corp.

(a development stage company)

Statement of Operations

 

     For the period
October 24, 2007
(inception)
through
November 30, 2007


 

Formation and operating costs

   $ 992  
    


Net loss

   $ (992 )
    


Weighted average number of common shares outstanding—Basic and diluted(1)

     14,375,000  

Basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (0.00 )
    



(1)   This includes an aggregate of 1,875,000 shares of common stock subject to forfeiture by the initial shareholders to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment is not exercised in full so that the initial shareholders collectively own 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock after the proposed offering.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Performance Acquisition Corp.

(a development stage company)

Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

 

For the period October 24, 2007 (inception) through November 30, 2007

 

     Common Stock

   Additional
paid-in
capital(1)


   Deficit
Accumulated
During the
Development
Stage


    Total
Stockholders’
Equity


 
     Shares

   Amount

       

Balance at October 24, 2007

   —      $ —      $ —      $ —       $ —    

Common shares issued at inception at $0.002 per share(1)

   14,375,000    $ 1,438      23,562              25,000  

Net Loss for the period

   —      $ —      $ —      $ (992 )   $ (992 )
    
  

  

  


 


Balance at November 30, 2007

   14,375,000    $ 1,438    $ 23,562    $ (992 )   $ 24,008  
    
  

  

  


 



(1)   This includes an aggregate of 1,875,000 shares of common stock subject to forfeiture by the initial shareholders to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment is not exercised in full so that the initial shareholders collectively own 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock after the proposed offering.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Performance Acquisition Corp.

(a development stage company)

Statement of Cash Flows

 

     For the period
October 24, 2007
(inception)
through
November 30,
2007


 

Cash flows from operating activities

        

Net loss

   $ (992 )

Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

        

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Increase in accrued expenses

     1,000  
    


Net cash provided by operating activities

     8  
    


Cash flows from financing activities

        

Proceeds from sale of shares of common stock

     25,000  

Proceeds from notes payable to stockholders

     125,000  

Payment of deferred offering costs

     (37,500 )
    


Net cash provided by financing activities

     112,500  
    


Net increase in cash

     112,508  

Cash at beginning of period

     —    
    


Cash at end of period

   $ 112,508  
    


 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Performance Acquisition Corp.

(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements

 

1.    Organization, Business Operations and Significant Accounting Policies; Going Concern Consideration

 

Performance Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on October 24, 2007 as a blank check company for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more operating businesses in the entertainment, media and/or publishing industry (“Business Combination”). The Company is considered to be a developmental stage company and is subject to the risks associated with developmental stage companies.

 

At November 30, 2007, the Company had not yet commenced any operations. All activity through November 30, 2007 relates to the Company’s formation and the proposed public offering described below. The Company has selected September 30 as its fiscal year end.

 

The Company’s ability to commence operations is contingent upon obtaining adequate financial resources through a proposed public offering (“Proposed Offering”) of 50,000,000 units (“Units”) at $10.00 per Unit which is discussed in Note 2. The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the this Proposed Offering, although substantially all of the net proceeds of this Proposed Offering are intended to be generally applied toward consummating a Business Combination. Furthermore, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination. Upon the closing of the Proposed Offering, management has agreed that at least approximately $9.79 per Unit (or approximately $9.77 per share if the Underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) sold in the Proposed Offering will be held in a trust account (“Trust Account”) and invested in Treasury Bills issued by the United States government having a maturity of 180 days or less until the earlier of (i) the consummation of its first Business Combination or (ii) liquidation of the Company. The placing of funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third party claims against the Company. Although the Company will seek to have all vendors (other than our independent accountants), and lenders for money borrowed, prospective target businesses or other entities it engages, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements. The Company’s officers and an affiliate of one of its directors have agreed that they will be personally liable under certain circumstances to ensure that the proceeds in the Trust Account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or vendors, including lenders for money borrowed, or other entities that are owed money by the Company for services rendered, contracted for or products sold to the Company. However, there can be no assurance that they will be able to satisfy those obligations. The remaining net proceeds (not held in the Trust Account) may be used to pay for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses. Except with respect to interest income that may be released to the Company of (i) up to $5,000,000, or $5,750,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, to fund expenses related to investigating and selecting a target business and other working capital requirements and (ii) any additional amounts needed to pay income or other tax obligations, the proceeds held in trust will not be released from the trust account until the earlier of the completion of a Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation.

 

The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for a Business Combination with a target business or businesses, is required to submit such transaction for stockholder approval. In the event that the stockholders owning 30% or more of the shares sold in the Proposed Offering vote against the Business Combination and exercise their conversion rights described below, the Business Combination will not be consummated. All of the Company’s stockholders prior to the Proposed Offering, including all of the officers and directors of the Company (“Initial Stockholders”) have agreed to vote all of their founding shares of common stock included in their units (“Founders’ Units”) in accordance with the vote of the majority in interest of all other stockholders of the Company (“Public Stockholders”) with respect to any Business Combination and in favor of the Company’s

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Performance Acquisition Corp.

(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

dissolution in the event that it does not complete a Business Combination within 24 or 30 months from the date of the prospectus related to the Proposed Offering. After consummation of a Business Combination, these voting safeguards will no longer apply.

 

With respect to a Business Combination which is approved and consummated, any Public Stockholder who voted against the Business Combination may demand that the Company convert his or her shares into cash from the Trust Account. The per share conversion price will equal the amount in the Trust Account, calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the proposed Business Combination, divided by the number of shares of common stock held by Public Stockholders at the consummation of the Proposed Offering. Accordingly, Public Stockholders holding 30.00% less one share of the aggregate number of shares owned by all Public Stockholders may seek conversion of their shares in the event of a Business Combination. Such Public Stockholders are entitled to receive their per share interest in the Trust Account computed without regard to the shares held by Initial Stockholders.

 

The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation will be amended to provide, if the Company does not consummate a Business Combination by 24 months from the date of the prospectus relating to the Proposed Offering (or within 30 months from the date of the prospectus relating to the Proposed Offering if a definitive agreement has been executed within 24 months from the date of the prospectus relating to the Proposed Offering and the Business Combination has not yet been consummated within such 24-month period), the Company’s purpose will be limited to dissolving, liquidating and winding up, and the Company’s board of directors must consider a resolution to dissolve the Company and seek stockholder approval for a plan of distribution. If the Company is forced to liquidate prior to a Business Combination, its Public Stockholders are entitled to share ratably in the trust account, inclusive of any interest not previously released to the Company to fund working capital requirements and net of any income taxes due on such interest, which income taxes, if any, shall be paid from the trust fund, and any assets remaining available for distribution to them.

 

The Company’s Initial Stockholders have waived their rights to participate in any liquidation distribution, but only with respect to those shares of common stock owned by them prior to the Proposed Offering; they will participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to any shares of common stock acquired in connection with or following the Proposed Offering.

 

Loss per Share:

 

Loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Since there are no potentially dilutive securities and there is a net loss, basic and diluted loss per share are identical.

 

Use of Estimates:

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Performance Acquisition Corp.

(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Concentration of Credit Risk:

 

SFAS No. 105, “Disclosure of Information about Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk and Financial Instruments with Concentration of Credit Risk,” requires disclosure of significant concentrations of credit risks regardless of the degree of risk. At November 30, 2007, financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to credit risk consist of cash. The Company maintains its cash balances in various financial institutions. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insures balances up to $100,000. At November 30, 2007, the uninsured balances amounted to $12,508. Management believes the risk of loss to be minimal.

 

Formation Costs

 

The Company records formation costs in accordance with Statement of Position 98-5, “Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up Activities,” which requires costs of start-up activities and organization costs to be expensed as incurred.

 

Stock Based-Compensation

 

The Company accounts for stock options and warrants using the fair value recognition provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123 (Revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” (“SFAS 123(R)”). SFAS 123(R) addresses all forms of share based compensation awards including shares issued under employment stock purchase plans, stock options, restricted stock and stock appreciation rights. Under SFAS 123(R), share based payment awards will be measured at fair value on the awards grant date, based on estimated number of awards that are expected to vest and will be reflected as compensation expense in the financial statements. The Company will only record compensation expense in connection with any share based payment upon the satisfaction of any contingency associated therewith.

 

New Accounting Pronouncements:

 

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 clarifies the principle that fair value should be based on the assumptions market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop those assumptions. SFAS 157 requires fair value measurements to be separately disclosed by level within the fair value hierarchy. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS 157 on its future consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows and has not yet determined such effects.

 

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159 “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS No. 159”), which permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The fair value option established by this Statement permits all entities to choose to measure eligible items at fair value at specified election dates. A business entity shall report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. Adoption is required for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of a fiscal year that begins on or before November 15, 2007, provided the entity also elects to apply the provisions of SFAS No. 159. The Company is currently evaluating the expected effect of SFAS 159 on its consolidated financial statements and is currently not yet in a position to determine such effects.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Performance Acquisition Corp.

(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141R, “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141R”), which replaces SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations.” SFAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for determining how an enterprise recognizes and measures the fair value of certain assets and liabilities acquired in a business combination, including noncontrolling interests, contingent consideration, and certain acquired contingencies. SFAS 141R also requires acquisition-related transaction expenses and restructuring costs be expensed as incurred rather than capitalized as a component of the business combination. SFAS 141R will be applicable prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. SFAS 141R would have an impact on accounting for any businesses acquired after the effective date of this pronouncement.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“SFAS 160”)”. SFAS 160 will change the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as noncontrolling interests (NCI) and classified as a component of equity. This new consolidation method will significantly change the accounting for transactions with minority interest holders. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company has not yet determined the impact this standard will have on its financial statements.

 

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.

 

Income Taxes:

 

Deferred income taxes, if applicable, are provided for the differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. No provision for current or deferred income taxes was required at November 30, 2007 or for the initial interim period then ended.

 

The Company has adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), on October 24, 2007. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim period, disclosure and transition.

 

The Company has identified its federal tax return and its state tax return in Wyoming as “major” tax jurisdictions, as defined. Based on the company’s evaluation, it has been concluded that there are no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in the Company’s financial statements. Since the Company was incorporated on October 24, 2007 the evaluation was performed for upcoming 2007 tax year which will be the only period subject to examination. The Company believes that its income tax positions and deductions would be sustained on audit and does not anticipate any adjustments that would result in a material change to its financial position. In addition, the Company did not record a cumulative effect adjustment related to the adoption of FIN 48.

 

The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties associated with audits is to record such items as a component of income tax expense. There were no amounts accrued for penalties or interest as of or during the period from October 24, 2007 (inception) through November 30, 2007. The Company does not expect its

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Performance Acquisition Corp.

(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

unrecognized tax benefit position to change during the next twelve months. Management is currently unaware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviations from its position. The adoption of the provisions of FIN 48 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Going Concern Considerations:

 

At November 30, 2007, the Company had $112,508 in cash and a working capital deficiency of $13,492. Further, the Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of its financing and acquisition plans. Management plans to address this uncertainty through a Proposed Offering are discussed in Note 2. There is no assurance that the Company’s plans to raise capital or to consummate a Business Combination will be successful or successful within the target business acquisition period. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

2.    Proposed Public Offering

 

The Proposed Offering calls for the Company to offer for public sale 50,000,000 Units at a proposed offering price of $10.00 per Unit (plus up to an additional 7,500,000 units solely to cover over-allotments, if any). Each Unit consists of one share of the Company’s common stock and one half of one Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrant (“Warrant”). Each Warrant will entitle the holder to purchase from the Company one share of common stock at an exercise price of $5.50 commencing the later of the completion of a Business Combination or twelve months from the Effective Date and expiring five years from the Effective Date. The Company may redeem the Warrants, at a price of $0.01 per Warrant upon 30 days’ notice after the Warrants become exercisable, only in the event that the last sale price of the common stock is at least $15.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending on the third day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is given. In accordance with the warrant agreement relating to the Warrants to be sold and issued in the Proposed Offering, the Company is only required to use its best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement covering the Warrants. The Company will not be obligated to deliver securities, and there are no contractual penalties for failure to deliver securities, if a registration statement is not effective at the time of exercise. Additionally, in the event that a registration is not effective at the time of exercise, the holder of such Warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such Warrant and in no event (whether in the case of a registration statement not being effective or otherwise) will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrant exercise. Consequently, the Warrants may expire unexercised and unredeemed and an investor in the proposed offering may effectively pay the full unit price solely for the shares of common stock included in the Units (since the warrants may expire worthless). (See Note 6 for additional information regarding the Proposed Offering).

 

3.    Deferred Offering Costs

 

Deferred offering costs consist of legal and accounting fees incurred through the balance sheet date that are related to the Proposed Offering and will be charged to capital upon the receipt of the capital raised or expensed in the event that the Proposed Offering is terminated.

 

4.    Notes Payable, Stockholders

 

The Company issued two unsecured promissory notes for $62,500 (a total of $125,000) to two Initial Stockholders, who are also officers and directors of the Company, as of November 20, 2007. The notes are non-interest bearing and are payable on the earlier of November 20, 2008 or the consummation of the Proposed Offering. On January 11, 2008, the Company issued two unsecured promissory notes for $5,000 (a total of $10,000) to two Initial Stockholders, who are also officers and directors of the Company. The notes are non-interest bearing and are payable on the earlier of November 20, 2008 or the consummation of the Proposed Offering. Due to the short-term nature of the notes, the fair value of the notes approximates its carrying amount.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Performance Acquisition Corp.

(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

5.    Related Party Transactions

 

The Company presently occupies office space provided by one of the Company’s executive officers. Such officer has agreed, until the Company consummates a Business Combination, to make such office space, as well as certain office and secretarial services, available to the Company as may be required by the Company from time to time. These services will be provided at no cost to the Company.

 

6.    Commitments and Contingencies

 

Pursuant to a proposed underwriting agreement the Company will pay the underwriters in the Proposed Offering an underwriting discount of 7.0% of the gross proceeds of the Proposed Offering. However, the underwriters have agreed that 4.0% of the underwriting discount will not be payable unless and until the Company completes a Business Combination and have waived their right to receive such payment upon the Company’s liquidation if it is unable to complete a Business Combination.

 

Pursuant to letter agreements with the Company, the Initial Stockholders have waived their right to receive distributions with respect to their founding shares and founding warrants upon the Company’s liquidation.

 

Pursuant to proposed Subscription Agreements dated certain of the Initial Stockholders have agreed to purchase from the Company, in the aggregate, 5,000,000 warrants (the “Sponsors’ Warrants”) for $5,000,000. The purchase and issuance of the Sponsors’ Warrants shall occur simultaneously with the consummation of the Proposed Offering but shall be sold on a private placement basis. All of the proceeds the Company receives from these purchases will be placed in the Trust Account. The Sponsors’ Warrants to be purchased will be identical to Warrants underlying the Units being offered in the Proposed Offering except that if the Company calls the Warrants for redemption, the Sponsors’ Warrants will not be redeemable by the Company so long as they are still held by the original purchasers or their permitted transferees.

 

The Initial Stockholders and holders of the Sponsors’ Warrants (or underlying securities) will be entitled to registration rights with respect to their Founders’ Units or Sponsors’ Warrants (or underlying securities), as the case may be, pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of the Proposed Offering. The holders of the majority of the Founders’ Units (and underlying securities) are entitled to demand that the Company register the resale of these securities at any time commencing nine months after the consummation of a Business Combination. The holders of the Sponsors’ Warrants (or underlying securities) are entitled to demand that the Company register such securities at any time after the Company consummates a Business Combination. In addition, the Initial Stockholders and holders of the Sponsors’ Warrants (or underlying securities) have certain “piggy-back” registration rights on registration statements filed after the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination.

 

7.    Preferred Stock

 

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

The proposed underwriting agreement prohibits the Company, prior to a Business Combination, from issuing preferred stock which participates in the proceeds of the Trust Account or which votes as a class with the Common Stock on a Business Combination.

 

8.    Common Stock

 

The Company is authorized to issue 250,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $.0001 per share.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Performance Acquisition Corp.

(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

At November 30, 2007, there are 40,937,500 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of Warrants, the Founders’ Warrants and the Sponsors’ Warrants (which includes 4,687,500 warrants that are part of the over-allotment option, if exercised in full).

 

On October 24, 2007 (inception), the Company issued 14,375,000 Founders’ Units which consist of one share of common stock (“Founders’ Common Stock”) and one half of one warrant (“Founders’ Warrants”) to the Initial Stockholders for an aggregate of $25,000 in cash, at a purchase price of approximately $0.002 per share. This includes an aggregate of 1,875,000 Founders’ Units (and 1,875,000 shares of Founders’ Common Stock and 937,500 Founders’ Warrants underlying the Founders’ Units) that are subject to forfeiture by the Initial Stockholders to the extent that the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters. These holders will be required to forfeit only a number of securities necessary to maintain their collective 20% ownership interest in the Company’s common stock after giving effect to the Proposed Offering and exercise, if any, of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

The Founders’ Units are identical to the Units being sold in the Proposed Offering, except that:

 

   

up to an aggregate of 1,875,000 Founders’ Units, representing 1,875,000 Founders’ Common Stock and 937,500 Founders’ Warrants, are subject to forfeiture by the Initial Stockholders to the extent that the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters;

 

   

the Founders’ Units will be placed in escrow and will not be released until 180 days after the completion of a Business Combination, except in certain situations, and the common stock and warrants included in the Founders’ Units are subject to certain transfer restrictions and registration rights;

 

   

the warrants included in the Founders’ Units will become exercisable after the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination if and when the last sales price of the Company’s common stock exceeds $15.00 per share for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period beginning 90 days after the initial Business Combination and may be exercisable for unregistered shares if a registration statement relating to the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective and current;

 

   

the warrants included in the Founders’ Units will be exercisable on a cashless basis, at the holder’s election, and will not be redeemable by the Company, in each case, as long as they are held by the Initial Stockholders or their permitted transferees;

 

   

the Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote the common stock included in the Founders’ Units (i) in the same manner as the majority of shares voted by the public stockholders at the special or annual meeting called for the purpose of approving the Company’s Business Combination and (ii) in favor of the Company’s dissolution and liquidation in the event that it does not consummate an initial Business Combination within 24 months or 30 months from the date of the prospectus relating to the Proposed Offering, as applicable;

 

   

the Initial Stockholders will not be able to exercise conversion rights with respect to the common stock included in the Founders’ Units; and

 

   

the Initial Stockholders have agreed to waive their rights to participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to the common stock included in the Founders’ Units if the Company fails to consummate an initial Business Combination.

 

Upon the Company’s consummation of an initial business combination and in accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” and EITF 00-19, “Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to and potentially Settled in a Company’s Own Stock,” the characteristics of the Founders’ and Sponsors’ Warrants would be allowed equity treatment as follows (i) the

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Performance Acquisition Corp.

(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

contract permits the Company to settle in unregistered shares (ii) the Company will have sufficient authorized and unissued shares available to settle the contract after considering all other commitments that may require the issuance of stock during the maximum period the Founders’ and Sponsors’ Warrants could remain outstanding (iii) the contract contains an explicit limit on the number of shares to be delivered in a share settlement (iv) there are no required cash payments to the counterparty in the event the Company fails to make timely filings with the SEC.

 

In addition, Eric J. Watson, and Jonathan J. Ledecky and William Morris Agency, LLC have agreed to purchase an aggregate of 5,000,000 Sponsors’ Warrants at a price of $1.00 per Sponsors’ Warrant ($5.0 million in the aggregate) in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the consummation of the Proposed Offering. If it is determined, at the time of the Proposed Offering, that the fair value of such Sponsors’ Warrants exceeds the $1.00 purchase price, the Company would record compensation expense upon consummation of a Business Combination for the excess of the fair value of the warrants on the day of purchase over the $1.00 purchase price in accordance with SFAS 123(R). The $5.0 million of proceeds from this investment will be added to the proceeds of this offering and will be held in the Trust Account pending completion of the Business Combination on the terms described in this prospectus. If the Company does not complete such a business combination, then the $5.0 million will be part of the liquidating distribution to the Company’s Public Stockholders, and the Sponsors’ Warrants will expire worthless.

 

The Sponsors’ Warrants will not be transferable or salable by the purchasers (subject to limited exceptions including the transferee agreeing to be bound to such transfer restrictions) until the Company completes a Business Combination, and will be exercisable on a cashless basis and will be non-redeemable by the Company so long as they are held by the purchasers or their permitted transferees. In addition, commencing on the date they become exercisable, the Sponsors’ Warrants and the underlying shares of common stock are entitled to registration rights under an agreement to be signed on or before the date of this prospectus. With the exception of the terms noted above, the Sponsors’ Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the warrants being sold as part of the units in this offering.

 

9.    Legal

 

There is no material litigation currently pending against us or any member of our management team in their capacity as such.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

 

 

 

$500,000,000

Performance Acquisition Corp.

50,000,000 Units

 

 

P R O S P E C T U S

                    , 2008

 

 

Citi

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

 

The estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the offering described in this registration statement (other than the underwriting discount and commissions) will be as follows:

 

Initial Trustees’ fee

   $ 1,000.00 (1)

SEC Registration Fee

     22,506.94  

FINRA filing fee

     73,812.50  

American Stock Exchange filing and listing fee

     80,000.00  

Accounting fees and expenses

     60,000.00  

Printing and engraving expenses

     125,000.00  

Directors & Officers liability insurance premiums

     115,000.00 (2)

Legal fees and expenses

     305,000.00  

Miscellaneous

     32,680.56 (3)
    


Total

   $ 815,000.00  

(1)   In addition to the initial acceptance fee that is charged by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee, the registrant will be required to pay to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company annual fees of $3,000 for acting as trustee, $4,800 for acting as transfer agent of the registrant’s common stock, $2,400 for acting as warrant agent for the registrant’s warrants and $1,800 for acting as escrow agent.
(2)   This amount represents the approximate amount of director and officer liability insurance premiums the registrant anticipates paying following the consummation of its initial public offering and until it consummates a business combination.
(3)   This amount represents additional expenses that may be incurred by the Company in connection with the offering over and above those specifically listed above, including distribution and mailing costs.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

Our certificate of incorporation provides that all directors, officers, employees and agents of the registrant shall be entitled to be indemnified by us to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law concerning indemnification of officers, directors, employees and agents is set forth below.

 

“Section 145. Indemnification of officers, directors, employees and agents; insurance.

 

(a) A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be

 

II-1


Table of Contents

in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

(b) A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

(c) To the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of this section, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

(d) Any indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) of this section (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsections (a) and (b) of this section. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders.

 

(e) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

 

(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

(g) A corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this section.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

(h) For purposes of this section, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

(i) For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

 

(j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

(k) The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine all actions for advancement of expenses or indemnification brought under this section or under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The Court of Chancery may summarily determine a corporation’s obligation to advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees).”

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers, and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in a successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to the court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

Paragraph B of Article Ninth of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides:

 

“The Corporation, to the full extent permitted by Section 145 of the GCL, as amended from time to time, shall indemnify all persons whom it may indemnify pursuant thereto. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which such officer or director may be entitled to indemnification hereunder shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized hereby.”

 

Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement, we have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters and the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify us against certain civil liabilities that may be incurred in connection with this offering, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

 

(a) During the past three years, we sold the following securities without registration under the Securities Act:

 

Stockholders


   Number of
Units


William Morris Agency, LLC

   5,500,000

Summit Trust

   4,150,000

Jonathan J. Ledecky

   4,150,000

Edward J. Mathias

   150,000

Robert B. Hersov

   125,000

Jim Gray

   100,000

John M. Mass

   100,000

Jimmie Lee Solomon, Jr.

   100,000

 

Each unit consists of one share of common stock and one half of one warrant, each whole warrant to purchase one share of common stock. Such units were issued on October 24, 2007 in connection with our organization pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The units issued to the individuals and entities above were sold for an aggregate offering price of $25,000 at an average purchase price of approximately $0.002 per unit. In February 2008, William Morris Agency, LLC transferred its units to William Morris SPAC Holdings, LLC for the same price it originally paid for such units. Also in February 2008, William Morris SPAC Holdings, LLC, Summit Trust and Jonathan J. Ledecky collectively transferred 100,000 units to each of William M. Campbell III, Joel A. Katz, Christopher Ashton Kutcher and Lewis N. Wolff, for the same price originally paid for such units.

 

In addition, Eric J. Watson, Jonathan J. Ledecky and William Morris Agency, LLC have committed to purchase from us 5,000,000 warrants at $1.00 per warrant (for an aggregate purchase price of $5,000,000). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of our initial public offering. These issuances will be made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

 

No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such sales.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:

 

Exhibit No.


  

Description


1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.*
3.2    By-laws.*
4.1    Specimen Unit Certificate.*
4.2    Specimen Common Stock Certificate.*
4.3    Specimen Warrant Certificate.*
4.4    Form of Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.*
5.1    Opinion of Graubard Miller.*
10.1    Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Eric J. Watson.*
10.2    Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Jonathan J. Ledecky.*

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.


  

Description


10.3    Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Edward J. Mathias.*
10.4    Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Robert B. Hersov.*
10.5    Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Jim Gray.*
10.6    Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Jimmie Lee Solomon, Jr.*
10.7    Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and John M. Mass.*
10.8    Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and William Morris Agency, LLC.*
10.9    Form of Investment Management Trust Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.*
10.10    Form of Stock Escrow Agreement between the Registrant, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Initial Stockholders.*
10.11    Form of Promissory Note issued to each of Eric J. Watson and Jonathan J. Ledecky.*
10.12    Form of Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant and the Initial Stockholders.*
10.13    Form of Subscription Agreements among the Registrant, Graubard Miller and each of Eric J. Watson, Jonathan J. Ledecky and William Morris Agency, LLC.*
10.14    Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and William M. Campbell III.*
10.15    Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Joel A. Katz.*
10.16    Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Christopher Ashton Kutcher.*
10.17    Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Lewis N. Wolff.*
14    Form of Code of Ethics.*
23.1    Consent of Marcum & Kliegman LLP.
23.2    Consent of Graubard Miller (included in Exhibit 5.1).*
24    Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this Registration Statement).
99.1    Form of Audit Committee Charter.*
99.2    Form of Nominating Committee Charter.*

*   To be filed by amendment

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

 

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

  (1)   To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  i. To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

  ii.

To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which,

 

II-5


Table of Contents
 

individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

 

  iii. To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

  (2)   That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (3)   To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

  (4)   That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933 in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

  (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

  (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

  (5)   That for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

(b) The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

(c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

(d) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-7


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Jackson, State of Wyoming, on the 29th day of February, 2008.

 

PERFORMANCE ACQUISITION CORP.
By:   /s/    JONATHAN J. LEDECKY        
   

Name: Jonathan J. Ledecky

Title: President and Secretary

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Eric J. Watson and Jonathan J. Ledecky his true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments including post-effective amendments to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact or his substitute, each acting alone, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name


  

Position


 

Date


/s/    ERIC J. WATSON        


Eric J. Watson

  

Chairman of the Board and Treasurer (Principal financial and accounting officer)

  February 29, 2008

/s/    JONATHAN J. LEDECKY        


Jonathan J. Ledecky

  

President, Secretary and Director (Principal executive officer)

 

February 29, 2008

*


Edward J. Mathias

  

Director

 

February 29, 2008

*


Robert B. Hersov

  

Director

 

February 29, 2008

/s/    JOEL A. KATZ        


Joel A. Katz

  

Director

 

February 29, 2008

/s/    CHRISTOPHER ASHTON KUTCHER        


Christopher Ashton Kutcher

  

Director

 

February 29, 2008

 

II-8


Table of Contents

Name


  

Position


 

Date


*


Jim Gray

  

Director

 

February 29, 2008

*


Jimmie Lee Solomon, Jr.

  

Director

 

February 29, 2008

/s/    JOHN M. MASS        


John M. Mass

  

Director

 

February 29, 2008

/s/    WILLIAM M. CAMPBELL III        


William M. Campbell III

  

Director

 

February 29, 2008

/S/    LEWIS N. WOLFF      


Lewis N. Wolff

  

Director

  February 29, 2008
* By:    Jonathan J. Ledecky,
     Power of Attorney

 

II-9


Dates Referenced Herein

This ‘S-1/A’ Filing    Date    Other Filings
12/31/10None on these Dates
12/31/09
10/22/09
4/24/09
12/27/08
12/15/08
11/20/08
6/27/08
Filed as of:3/3/08
Filed on:2/29/08
2/15/08
1/11/08
12/26/07
12/12/07
11/30/07
11/20/07
11/15/07
10/24/07
12/18/06
 List all Filings 
Top
Filing Submission 0001193125-08-043989   –   Alternative Formats (Word / Rich Text, HTML, Plain Text, et al.)

Copyright © 2024 Fran Finnegan & Company LLC – All Rights Reserved.
AboutPrivacyRedactionsHelp — Fri., Apr. 19, 5:15:45.2am ET